mirror of
https://mirrors.bfsu.edu.cn/git/linux.git
synced 2024-11-27 14:14:24 +08:00
5fb9a9fb71
AP_VLAN interfaces are virtual, so doesn't really exist as a type for
capabilities. When passed in as a type, AP is the one that's really intended.
Fixes: c4cbaf7973 ("cfg80211: Add support for HE")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622165919.46841-1-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
9227 lines
324 KiB
C
9227 lines
324 KiB
C
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
|
|
#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
|
|
#define __NET_CFG80211_H
|
|
/*
|
|
* 802.11 device and configuration interface
|
|
*
|
|
* Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
|
* Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
|
|
* Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
|
|
* Copyright (C) 2018-2021, 2023 Intel Corporation
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/ethtool.h>
|
|
#include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h>
|
|
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
|
|
#include <linux/debugfs.h>
|
|
#include <linux/list.h>
|
|
#include <linux/bug.h>
|
|
#include <linux/netlink.h>
|
|
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
|
|
#include <linux/nl80211.h>
|
|
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
|
|
#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
|
|
#include <linux/net.h>
|
|
#include <linux/rfkill.h>
|
|
#include <net/regulatory.h>
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Introduction
|
|
*
|
|
* cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
|
|
* userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
|
|
* with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
|
|
* by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
|
|
* API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
|
|
* wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
|
|
*
|
|
* Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
|
|
* use restrictions.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Device registration
|
|
*
|
|
* In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
|
|
* with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
|
|
* described below.
|
|
*
|
|
* The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
|
|
* instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
|
|
* such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
|
|
* it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
|
|
* @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
|
|
* the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
|
|
* network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
|
|
* or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
|
|
* ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
|
|
*
|
|
* Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
|
|
* a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
|
|
* structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct wiphy;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* wireless hardware capability structures
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
|
|
* sending probe requests or beaconing.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
|
|
* is not permitted.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
|
|
* is not permitted.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
|
|
* this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
|
|
* channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
|
|
* This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
|
|
* restrictions.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
|
|
* this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
|
|
* channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
|
|
* This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
|
|
* restrictions.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
|
|
* on this channel.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
|
|
* on this channel.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted
|
|
* on this channel.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted
|
|
* on this channel.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted
|
|
* on this channel.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted
|
|
* on this channel.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted
|
|
* on this channel.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band,
|
|
* this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this
|
|
* channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
|
|
* This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
|
|
* restrictions.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1,
|
|
/* hole at 1<<2 */
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19,
|
|
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
|
|
(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
|
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
|
|
#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure describes a single channel for use
|
|
* with cfg80211.
|
|
*
|
|
* @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
|
|
* @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz
|
|
* @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
|
|
* @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
|
|
* @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
|
|
* code to support devices with additional restrictions
|
|
* @band: band this channel belongs to.
|
|
* @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
|
|
* @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
|
|
* @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
|
|
* @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
|
|
* has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
|
|
* to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
|
|
* @orig_mag: internal use
|
|
* @orig_mpwr: internal use
|
|
* @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
|
|
* on this channel.
|
|
* @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
|
|
* @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel {
|
|
enum nl80211_band band;
|
|
u32 center_freq;
|
|
u16 freq_offset;
|
|
u16 hw_value;
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
int max_antenna_gain;
|
|
int max_power;
|
|
int max_reg_power;
|
|
bool beacon_found;
|
|
u32 orig_flags;
|
|
int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
|
|
enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
|
|
unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
|
|
unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
|
|
* in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
|
|
* different bands/PHY modes.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
|
|
* preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
|
|
* with CCK rates.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
|
|
* when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
|
|
* core code when registering the wiphy.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
|
|
* when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
|
|
* core code when registering the wiphy.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
|
|
* when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
|
|
* core code when registering the wiphy.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
|
|
* @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
|
|
IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0,
|
|
IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1,
|
|
IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2,
|
|
IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3,
|
|
IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4,
|
|
IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5,
|
|
IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
|
|
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
|
|
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
|
|
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
|
|
* @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_bss_type {
|
|
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
|
|
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
|
|
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
|
|
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
|
|
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
|
|
* @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
|
|
* @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_privacy {
|
|
IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
|
|
IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
|
|
IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \
|
|
((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
|
|
* operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
|
|
* are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
|
|
* passed around.
|
|
*
|
|
* @flags: rate-specific flags
|
|
* @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
|
|
* @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
|
|
* @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
|
|
* short preamble is used
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_rate {
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
u16 bitrate;
|
|
u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
|
|
*
|
|
* @enable: is the feature enabled.
|
|
* @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element.
|
|
* @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset
|
|
* @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
|
|
* @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
|
|
* @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by
|
|
* members of the SRG
|
|
* @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values
|
|
* used by members of the SRG
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
|
|
bool enable;
|
|
u8 sr_ctrl;
|
|
u8 non_srg_max_offset;
|
|
u8 min_offset;
|
|
u8 max_offset;
|
|
u8 bss_color_bitmap[8];
|
|
u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
|
|
*
|
|
* @color: the current color.
|
|
* @enabled: HE BSS color is used
|
|
* @partial: define the AID equation.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_he_bss_color {
|
|
u8 color;
|
|
bool enabled;
|
|
bool partial;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed
|
|
* to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
|
|
*
|
|
* @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
|
|
* @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
|
|
* @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
|
|
* @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
|
|
* @mcs: Supported MCS rates
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
|
|
u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
|
|
bool ht_supported;
|
|
u8 ampdu_factor;
|
|
u8 ampdu_density;
|
|
struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed
|
|
* to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
|
|
*
|
|
* @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
|
|
* @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
|
|
* @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
|
|
bool vht_supported;
|
|
u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
|
|
struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed
|
|
* to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
|
|
*
|
|
* @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
|
|
* @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
|
|
* @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
|
|
* @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
|
|
bool has_he;
|
|
struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
|
|
struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
|
|
u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS
|
|
*
|
|
* See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS
|
|
* and NSS Set field"
|
|
*
|
|
* @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA.
|
|
* @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz
|
|
* @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz
|
|
* @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz
|
|
* @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp {
|
|
union {
|
|
struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz;
|
|
struct {
|
|
struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80;
|
|
struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160;
|
|
struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320;
|
|
} __packed bw;
|
|
} __packed;
|
|
} __packed;
|
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed
|
|
* to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA.
|
|
*
|
|
* @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid.
|
|
* @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element.
|
|
* @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
|
|
* @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap {
|
|
bool has_eht;
|
|
struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem;
|
|
struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp;
|
|
u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
|
|
* interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the
|
|
* @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
|
|
*
|
|
* @types_mask: interface types mask
|
|
* @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
|
|
* @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a
|
|
* 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value).
|
|
* @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities
|
|
* @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise
|
|
* @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data
|
|
* @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
|
|
u16 types_mask;
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
|
|
struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap;
|
|
struct {
|
|
const u8 *data;
|
|
unsigned int len;
|
|
} vendor_elems;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
|
|
* 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
|
|
* 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
|
|
* 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
|
|
* and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
|
|
* 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
|
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4,
|
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5,
|
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6,
|
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7,
|
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8,
|
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9,
|
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10,
|
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11,
|
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12,
|
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13,
|
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14,
|
|
IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed
|
|
* to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
|
|
* that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
|
|
* Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
|
|
* Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
|
|
* @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
|
|
* the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_edmg {
|
|
u8 channels;
|
|
enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure describes most essential parameters needed
|
|
* to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA.
|
|
*
|
|
* @s1g: is STA an S1G STA
|
|
* @cap: S1G capabilities information
|
|
* @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap {
|
|
bool s1g;
|
|
u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */
|
|
u8 nss_mcs[5];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
|
|
* is able to operate in.
|
|
*
|
|
* @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with
|
|
* in this band.
|
|
* @band: the band this structure represents
|
|
* @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
|
|
* @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
|
|
* in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
|
|
* rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
|
|
* @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
|
|
* @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
|
|
* @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
|
|
* @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band
|
|
* @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
|
|
* @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course)
|
|
* @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
|
|
* @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in
|
|
* @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
|
|
* one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
|
|
* iftype_data).
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_supported_band {
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
|
|
struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
|
|
enum nl80211_band band;
|
|
int n_channels;
|
|
int n_bitrates;
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap;
|
|
struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
|
|
u16 n_iftype_data;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
|
|
* @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
|
|
* @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
|
|
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
|
|
u8 iftype)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN)
|
|
iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) {
|
|
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
|
|
&sband->iftype_data[i];
|
|
|
|
if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
|
|
return data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
|
|
* @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
|
|
* @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
|
|
ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
|
|
u8 iftype)
|
|
{
|
|
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
|
|
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
|
|
|
|
if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
|
|
return &data->he_cap;
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
|
|
* @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
|
|
* @iftype: the iftype to search for
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: the 6GHz capabilities
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline __le16
|
|
ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
|
|
{
|
|
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
|
|
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
|
|
|
|
if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype
|
|
* @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
|
|
* @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap *
|
|
ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
|
|
{
|
|
const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
|
|
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
|
|
|
|
if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht)
|
|
return &data->eht_cap;
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
|
|
*
|
|
* Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
|
|
* for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
|
|
* design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
|
|
*
|
|
* This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
|
|
* unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
|
|
* shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
|
|
* sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
|
|
* without affecting other devices.
|
|
*
|
|
* As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
|
|
* It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
|
|
* If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_OF
|
|
void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
#else /* CONFIG_OF */
|
|
static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Actions and configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
|
|
* operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
|
|
* actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
|
|
* operations use are described separately.
|
|
*
|
|
* Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
|
|
* information via some functions that drivers need to call.
|
|
*
|
|
* Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
|
|
* in a separate chapter.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
|
|
WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
|
|
* @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
|
|
* %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
|
|
* @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
|
|
* @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
|
|
* If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
|
|
* determine the address as needed.
|
|
* This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
|
|
* %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating
|
|
** only p2p devices with specified MAC.
|
|
* @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
|
|
* belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
|
|
* @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
|
|
* MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
|
|
*/
|
|
struct vif_params {
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
int use_4addr;
|
|
u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
|
|
const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct key_params - key information
|
|
*
|
|
* Information about a key
|
|
*
|
|
* @key: key material
|
|
* @key_len: length of key material
|
|
* @cipher: cipher suite selector
|
|
* @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
|
|
* with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
|
|
* length given by @seq_len.
|
|
* @seq_len: length of @seq.
|
|
* @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
|
|
* @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct key_params {
|
|
const u8 *key;
|
|
const u8 *seq;
|
|
int key_len;
|
|
int seq_len;
|
|
u16 vlan_id;
|
|
u32 cipher;
|
|
enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
|
|
* @chan: the (control) channel
|
|
* @width: channel width
|
|
* @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
|
|
* @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
|
|
* (only with 80+80 MHz)
|
|
* @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
|
|
* If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
|
|
* chan will define the primary channel and all other
|
|
* parameters are ignored.
|
|
* @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def {
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
|
|
enum nl80211_chan_width width;
|
|
u32 center_freq1;
|
|
u32 center_freq2;
|
|
struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
|
|
u16 freq1_offset;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
|
|
struct {
|
|
u32 legacy;
|
|
u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
|
|
u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
|
|
u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
|
|
enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
|
|
enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi;
|
|
enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf;
|
|
} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
|
|
* @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
|
|
* of the peer.
|
|
* @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
|
|
* @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
|
|
* similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
|
|
* @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
|
|
* @retry_long: retry count value
|
|
* @retry_short: retry count value
|
|
* @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
|
|
* @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS
|
|
* @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
|
|
* @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type
|
|
* @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_tid_cfg {
|
|
bool config_override;
|
|
u8 tids;
|
|
u64 mask;
|
|
enum nl80211_tid_config noack;
|
|
u8 retry_long, retry_short;
|
|
enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu;
|
|
enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts;
|
|
enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu;
|
|
enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type;
|
|
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
|
|
* @peer: Station's MAC address
|
|
* @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
|
|
* @tid_conf: Configuration change info
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_tid_config {
|
|
const u8 *peer;
|
|
u32 n_tid_conf;
|
|
struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data
|
|
* @macaddr: STA MAC address
|
|
* @kek: FILS KEK
|
|
* @kek_len: FILS KEK length
|
|
* @snonce: STA Nonce
|
|
* @anonce: AP Nonce
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_fils_aad {
|
|
const u8 *macaddr;
|
|
const u8 *kek;
|
|
u8 kek_len;
|
|
const u8 *snonce;
|
|
const u8 *anonce;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping
|
|
* @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all
|
|
* addresses.
|
|
* @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address.
|
|
* Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp {
|
|
const u8 *macaddr;
|
|
bool enable;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
|
|
* @chandef: the channel definition
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
|
|
* chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
|
|
cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (chandef->width) {
|
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
|
|
return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
|
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
|
|
return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
|
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
|
|
if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
|
|
return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
|
|
return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
|
|
default:
|
|
WARN_ON(1);
|
|
return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
|
|
* @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
|
|
* @channel: the control channel
|
|
* @chantype: the channel type
|
|
*
|
|
* Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
|
|
enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
|
|
* @chandef1: first channel definition
|
|
* @chandef2: second channel definition
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
|
|
* identical, %false otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline bool
|
|
cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
|
|
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
|
|
{
|
|
return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
|
|
chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
|
|
chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
|
|
chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset &&
|
|
chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
|
|
*
|
|
* @chandef: the channel definition
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline bool
|
|
cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
|
|
{
|
|
return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
|
|
* @chandef1: first channel definition
|
|
* @chandef2: second channel definition
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
|
|
* chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
|
|
cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
|
|
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
|
|
* @chandef: the channel definition to check
|
|
* Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
|
|
* @chandef: the channel definition to check
|
|
* @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
|
|
* Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
u32 prohibited_flags);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
|
|
* @chandef: the channel definition to check
|
|
* @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
|
|
* Returns:
|
|
* 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
|
|
*/
|
|
int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition.
|
|
* @msg: the msg to send channel definition
|
|
* @chandef: the channel definition to check
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error
|
|
**/
|
|
int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width
|
|
* @width: the channel width of the channel
|
|
*
|
|
* In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
|
|
* rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
|
|
ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (width) {
|
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
|
|
return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
|
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
|
|
return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
|
|
* @chandef: channel definition for the channel
|
|
*
|
|
* See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags().
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
|
|
ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
|
|
{
|
|
return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
|
|
*
|
|
* In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
|
|
* bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
|
|
* max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
|
|
*
|
|
* @chandef: channel definition for the channel
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline int
|
|
ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (chandef->width) {
|
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
|
|
return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
|
|
chandef->chan->max_power);
|
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
|
|
return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
|
|
chandef->chan->max_power);
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return chandef->chan->max_power;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to check for
|
|
* @band_mask: which bands to check on
|
|
* @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable,
|
|
* %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account
|
|
*/
|
|
bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
unsigned long band_mask,
|
|
u32 prohibited_flags);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
|
|
*
|
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
|
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
|
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
|
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
|
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
|
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
|
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
|
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
|
|
* @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
|
|
*
|
|
* Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
|
|
* it has filled in during the get_survey().
|
|
*/
|
|
enum survey_info_flags {
|
|
SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0),
|
|
SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1),
|
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2),
|
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3),
|
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4),
|
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5),
|
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6),
|
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7),
|
|
SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct survey_info - channel survey response
|
|
*
|
|
* @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
|
|
* record to report global statistics
|
|
* @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
|
|
* @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
|
|
* optional
|
|
* @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
|
|
* @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
|
|
* @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
|
|
* @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
|
|
* @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
|
|
* @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
|
|
* @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
|
|
*
|
|
* Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure can later be expanded with things like
|
|
* channel duty cycle etc.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct survey_info {
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
|
|
u64 time;
|
|
u64 time_busy;
|
|
u64 time_ext_busy;
|
|
u64 time_rx;
|
|
u64 time_tx;
|
|
u64 time_scan;
|
|
u64 time_bss_rx;
|
|
u32 filled;
|
|
s8 noise;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
|
|
* @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
|
|
* (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
|
|
* @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
|
|
* @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
|
|
* @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
|
|
* @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
|
|
* @akm_suites: AKM suites
|
|
* @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
|
|
* sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
|
|
* required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
|
|
* user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
|
|
* @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
|
|
* allowed through even on unauthorized ports
|
|
* @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
|
|
* protocol frames.
|
|
* @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
|
|
* port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
|
|
* @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control
|
|
* port for mac80211
|
|
* @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
|
|
* @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
|
|
* offload)
|
|
* @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
|
|
* @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation:
|
|
*
|
|
* NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED
|
|
* Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any
|
|
* preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in
|
|
* such a scenario.
|
|
*
|
|
* NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK
|
|
* Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only
|
|
*
|
|
* NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT
|
|
* Allow hash-to-element only
|
|
*
|
|
* NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH
|
|
* Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
|
|
u32 wpa_versions;
|
|
u32 cipher_group;
|
|
int n_ciphers_pairwise;
|
|
u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
|
|
int n_akm_suites;
|
|
u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES];
|
|
bool control_port;
|
|
__be16 control_port_ethertype;
|
|
bool control_port_no_encrypt;
|
|
bool control_port_over_nl80211;
|
|
bool control_port_no_preauth;
|
|
const u8 *psk;
|
|
const u8 *sae_pwd;
|
|
u8 sae_pwd_len;
|
|
enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid
|
|
*
|
|
* @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set
|
|
* @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group.
|
|
* @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_mbssid_config {
|
|
struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev;
|
|
u8 index;
|
|
bool ema;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements
|
|
*
|
|
* @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems.
|
|
*
|
|
* @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames.
|
|
* @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements.
|
|
* @elem.len: Length of data.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems {
|
|
u8 cnt;
|
|
struct {
|
|
const u8 *data;
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
} elem[];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements
|
|
*
|
|
* @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems.
|
|
*
|
|
* @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames.
|
|
* @elem.data: Data for RNR elements.
|
|
* @elem.len: Length of data.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_rnr_elems {
|
|
u8 cnt;
|
|
struct {
|
|
const u8 *data;
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
} elem[];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
|
|
* @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon
|
|
* @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
|
|
* or %NULL if not changed
|
|
* @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
|
|
* or %NULL if not changed
|
|
* @head_len: length of @head
|
|
* @tail_len: length of @tail
|
|
* @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
|
|
* @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
|
|
* @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
|
|
* frames or %NULL
|
|
* @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
|
|
* @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
|
|
* Response frames or %NULL
|
|
* @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
|
|
* @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
|
|
* @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
|
|
* @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements
|
|
* @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements
|
|
* @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
|
|
* (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
|
|
* @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
|
|
* (measurement type 8)
|
|
* @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
|
|
* Token (measurement type 11)
|
|
* @lci_len: LCI data length
|
|
* @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
|
|
* @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
|
|
* @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color
|
|
* attribute is present in beacon data or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
|
|
unsigned int link_id;
|
|
|
|
const u8 *head, *tail;
|
|
const u8 *beacon_ies;
|
|
const u8 *proberesp_ies;
|
|
const u8 *assocresp_ies;
|
|
const u8 *probe_resp;
|
|
const u8 *lci;
|
|
const u8 *civicloc;
|
|
struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies;
|
|
struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies;
|
|
s8 ftm_responder;
|
|
|
|
size_t head_len, tail_len;
|
|
size_t beacon_ies_len;
|
|
size_t proberesp_ies_len;
|
|
size_t assocresp_ies_len;
|
|
size_t probe_resp_len;
|
|
size_t lci_len;
|
|
size_t civicloc_len;
|
|
struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
|
|
bool he_bss_color_valid;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct mac_address {
|
|
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
|
|
*
|
|
* @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
|
|
* entry specified by mac_addr
|
|
* @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
|
|
* @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_acl_data {
|
|
enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
|
|
int n_acl_entries;
|
|
|
|
/* Keep it last */
|
|
struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
|
|
* IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
|
|
*
|
|
* @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
|
|
* @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
|
|
* @tmpl_len: Template length
|
|
* @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action
|
|
* frame headers.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_fils_discovery {
|
|
u32 min_interval;
|
|
u32 max_interval;
|
|
size_t tmpl_len;
|
|
const u8 *tmpl;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe
|
|
* response parameters in 6GHz.
|
|
*
|
|
* @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned
|
|
* in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive
|
|
* scanning
|
|
* @tmpl_len: Template length
|
|
* @tmpl: Template data for probe response
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp {
|
|
u32 interval;
|
|
size_t tmpl_len;
|
|
const u8 *tmpl;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* Used to configure an AP interface.
|
|
*
|
|
* @chandef: defines the channel to use
|
|
* @beacon: beacon data
|
|
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval
|
|
* @dtim_period: DTIM period
|
|
* @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
|
|
* user space)
|
|
* @ssid_len: length of @ssid
|
|
* @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
|
|
* @crypto: crypto settings
|
|
* @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
|
|
* @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
|
|
* @smps_mode: SMPS mode
|
|
* @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
|
|
* @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
|
|
* @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
|
|
* @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
|
|
* MAC address based access control
|
|
* @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
|
|
* networks.
|
|
* @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
|
|
* @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
|
|
* @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
|
|
* @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
|
|
* @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled)
|
|
* @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled)
|
|
* @ht_required: stations must support HT
|
|
* @vht_required: stations must support VHT
|
|
* @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
|
|
* @he_required: stations must support HE
|
|
* @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE
|
|
* @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
|
|
* @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
|
|
* @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
|
|
* @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
|
|
* @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
|
|
* @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid
|
|
* @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents
|
|
* a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel.
|
|
* Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
|
|
|
|
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
|
|
|
|
int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
|
|
const u8 *ssid;
|
|
size_t ssid_len;
|
|
enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
|
|
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
|
|
bool privacy;
|
|
enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
|
|
enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
|
|
int inactivity_timeout;
|
|
u8 p2p_ctwindow;
|
|
bool p2p_opp_ps;
|
|
const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
|
|
bool pbss;
|
|
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
|
|
|
|
const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper;
|
|
bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required;
|
|
bool twt_responder;
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
|
|
struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
|
|
struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp;
|
|
struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config;
|
|
u16 punct_bitmap;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
|
|
*
|
|
* Used for channel switch
|
|
*
|
|
* @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
|
|
* @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
|
|
* @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
|
|
* @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
|
|
* @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
|
|
* @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
|
|
* @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
|
|
* @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
|
|
* @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
|
|
* @count: number of beacons until switch
|
|
* @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents
|
|
* a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel.
|
|
* Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
|
|
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
|
|
const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
|
|
const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
|
|
unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
|
|
unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
|
|
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
|
|
bool radar_required;
|
|
bool block_tx;
|
|
u8 count;
|
|
u16 punct_bitmap;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings
|
|
*
|
|
* Used for bss color change
|
|
*
|
|
* @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown
|
|
* @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
|
|
* @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
|
|
* @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change
|
|
* @count: number of beacons until the color change
|
|
* @color: the color used after the change
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_color_change_settings {
|
|
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change;
|
|
u16 counter_offset_beacon;
|
|
u16 counter_offset_presp;
|
|
struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next;
|
|
u8 count;
|
|
u8 color;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
|
|
*
|
|
* Used to pass interface combination parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
|
|
* to use for verification
|
|
* @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
|
|
* width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
|
|
* &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
|
|
* @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
|
|
* type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
|
|
* nl80211_iftype.
|
|
* @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
|
|
* that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
|
|
* the verification
|
|
*/
|
|
struct iface_combination_params {
|
|
int num_different_channels;
|
|
u8 radar_detect;
|
|
int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
|
|
u32 new_beacon_int;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
|
|
* @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
|
|
* @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
|
|
* @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
|
|
* @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER: apply tx power for STA
|
|
*
|
|
* Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
|
|
* for those that don't these flags will are used.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
|
|
STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
|
|
STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
|
|
STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* Used to configure txpower for station.
|
|
*
|
|
* @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
|
|
* is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
|
|
* overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
|
|
* power per-interface or per-station.
|
|
* @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
|
|
* will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
|
|
* %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
|
|
* NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
|
|
* per peer TPC.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct sta_txpwr {
|
|
s16 power;
|
|
enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* Used to change and create a new link station.
|
|
*
|
|
* @mld_mac: MAC address of the station
|
|
* @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station)
|
|
* @link_mac: MAC address of the link
|
|
* @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
|
|
* (or NULL for no change)
|
|
* @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
|
|
* @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
|
|
* @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
|
|
* @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
|
|
* @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
|
|
* @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
|
|
* @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
|
|
* @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station
|
|
* @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set
|
|
* @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station
|
|
* @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station
|
|
* @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities
|
|
*/
|
|
struct link_station_parameters {
|
|
const u8 *mld_mac;
|
|
int link_id;
|
|
const u8 *link_mac;
|
|
const u8 *supported_rates;
|
|
u8 supported_rates_len;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
|
|
u8 opmode_notif;
|
|
bool opmode_notif_used;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
|
|
u8 he_capa_len;
|
|
struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
|
|
bool txpwr_set;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa;
|
|
u8 eht_capa_len;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations).
|
|
*
|
|
* @mld_mac: MAC address of the station
|
|
* @link_id: the link id
|
|
*/
|
|
struct link_station_del_parameters {
|
|
const u8 *mld_mac;
|
|
u32 link_id;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct station_parameters - station parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* Used to change and create a new station.
|
|
*
|
|
* @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
|
|
* @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
|
|
* (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
|
|
* @sta_flags_set: station flags values
|
|
* (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
|
|
* @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
|
|
* @aid: AID or zero for no change
|
|
* @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
|
|
* @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
|
|
* @plink_action: plink action to take
|
|
* @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
|
|
* @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
|
|
* as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
|
|
* @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
|
|
* QoS info field (but already shifted down)
|
|
* @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
|
|
* (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
|
|
* see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
|
|
* @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
|
|
* to unknown)
|
|
* @capability: station capability
|
|
* @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
|
|
* @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
|
|
* @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
|
|
* @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
|
|
* @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
|
|
* @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
|
|
* @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
|
|
* @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
|
|
* @link_sta_params: link related params.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct station_parameters {
|
|
struct net_device *vlan;
|
|
u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
|
|
u32 sta_modify_mask;
|
|
int listen_interval;
|
|
u16 aid;
|
|
u16 vlan_id;
|
|
u16 peer_aid;
|
|
u8 plink_action;
|
|
u8 plink_state;
|
|
u8 uapsd_queues;
|
|
u8 max_sp;
|
|
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
|
|
u16 capability;
|
|
const u8 *ext_capab;
|
|
u8 ext_capab_len;
|
|
const u8 *supported_channels;
|
|
u8 supported_channels_len;
|
|
const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
|
|
u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
|
|
int support_p2p_ps;
|
|
u16 airtime_weight;
|
|
struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
|
|
*
|
|
* @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
|
|
* @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
|
|
* (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
|
|
* @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
|
|
*/
|
|
struct station_del_parameters {
|
|
const u8 *mac;
|
|
u8 subtype;
|
|
u16 reason_code;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
|
|
* @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
|
|
* @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
|
|
* unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
|
|
* @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
|
|
* the AP MLME in the device
|
|
* @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
|
|
* @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
|
|
* @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
|
|
* while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
|
|
* being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
|
|
* supported/used)
|
|
* @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
|
|
* entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
|
|
* @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
|
|
* @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
|
|
*/
|
|
enum cfg80211_station_type {
|
|
CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
|
|
CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
|
|
CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
|
|
CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
|
|
CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
|
|
CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
|
|
CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
|
|
CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
|
|
CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
|
|
* @params: the new parameters for a station
|
|
* @statype: the type of station being modified
|
|
*
|
|
* Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
|
|
* with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
|
|
* it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
|
|
* not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
|
|
* backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
|
|
*/
|
|
int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct station_parameters *params,
|
|
enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
|
|
* type for 802.11n transmissions.
|
|
*
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS
|
|
*/
|
|
enum rate_info_flags {
|
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0),
|
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1),
|
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
|
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3),
|
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4),
|
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5),
|
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6),
|
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7),
|
|
RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
|
|
*
|
|
* Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
|
|
*
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth
|
|
* @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth
|
|
*/
|
|
enum rate_info_bw {
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_5,
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_10,
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_40,
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_80,
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_160,
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_320,
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU,
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_1,
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_2,
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_4,
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_8,
|
|
RATE_INFO_BW_16,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct rate_info - bitrate information
|
|
*
|
|
* Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
|
|
*
|
|
* @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
|
|
* @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
|
|
* @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate
|
|
* @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
|
|
* @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
|
|
* @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
|
|
* @he_dcm: HE DCM value
|
|
* @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
|
|
* only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
|
|
* @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
|
|
* @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
|
|
* @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc,
|
|
* only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct rate_info {
|
|
u16 flags;
|
|
u16 legacy;
|
|
u8 mcs;
|
|
u8 nss;
|
|
u8 bw;
|
|
u8 he_gi;
|
|
u8 he_dcm;
|
|
u8 he_ru_alloc;
|
|
u8 n_bonded_ch;
|
|
u8 eht_gi;
|
|
u8 eht_ru_alloc;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
|
|
* type for 802.11n transmissions.
|
|
*
|
|
* @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
|
|
* @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
|
|
* @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
|
|
*/
|
|
enum bss_param_flags {
|
|
BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0,
|
|
BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1,
|
|
BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
|
|
*
|
|
* Information about the currently associated BSS
|
|
*
|
|
* @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
|
|
* @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
|
|
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval
|
|
*/
|
|
struct sta_bss_parameters {
|
|
u8 flags;
|
|
u8 dtim_period;
|
|
u16 beacon_interval;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
|
|
* @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
|
|
* indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
|
|
* @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
|
|
* @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
|
|
* @flows: number of new flows seen
|
|
* @drops: total number of packets dropped
|
|
* @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
|
|
* @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
|
|
* @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
|
|
* @collisions: number of hash collisions
|
|
* @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
|
|
* @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
|
|
* @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
|
|
u32 filled;
|
|
u32 backlog_bytes;
|
|
u32 backlog_packets;
|
|
u32 flows;
|
|
u32 drops;
|
|
u32 ecn_marks;
|
|
u32 overlimit;
|
|
u32 overmemory;
|
|
u32 collisions;
|
|
u32 tx_bytes;
|
|
u32 tx_packets;
|
|
u32 max_flows;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
|
|
* @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
|
|
* indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
|
|
* @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
|
|
* @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
|
|
* @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
|
|
* transmitted MSDUs
|
|
* @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
|
|
* @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
|
|
u32 filled;
|
|
u64 rx_msdu;
|
|
u64 tx_msdu;
|
|
u64 tx_msdu_retries;
|
|
u64 tx_msdu_failed;
|
|
struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct station_info - station information
|
|
*
|
|
* Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
|
|
*
|
|
* @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
|
|
* indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
|
|
* @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
|
|
* @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
|
|
* @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
|
|
* @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
|
|
* @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
|
|
* @llid: mesh local link id
|
|
* @plid: mesh peer link id
|
|
* @plink_state: mesh peer link state
|
|
* @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
|
|
* For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
|
|
* @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
|
|
* For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
|
|
* @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
|
|
* @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
|
|
* @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
|
|
* @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
|
|
* @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
|
|
* @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
|
|
* @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
|
|
* @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
|
|
* @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
|
|
* @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
|
|
* @bss_param: current BSS parameters
|
|
* @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
|
|
* This number should increase every time the list of stations
|
|
* changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
|
|
* userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
|
|
* @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
|
|
* This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
|
|
* user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
|
|
* the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
|
|
* @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
|
|
* @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
|
|
* @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
|
|
* @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
|
|
* @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
|
|
* @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
|
|
* @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
|
|
* @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
|
|
* towards this station.
|
|
* @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
|
|
* @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
|
|
* from this peer
|
|
* @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
|
|
* @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
|
|
* @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
|
|
* @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
|
|
* @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
|
|
* (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
|
|
* Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
|
|
* @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
|
|
* @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
|
|
* been sent.
|
|
* @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
|
|
* @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
|
|
* an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
|
|
* received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
|
|
* @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
|
|
* @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server
|
|
* @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled
|
|
* by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP
|
|
* MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this
|
|
* information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and
|
|
* dump_station() callbacks.
|
|
* @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station
|
|
* completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO
|
|
* and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD.
|
|
* @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station.
|
|
* For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros.
|
|
* @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response.
|
|
* This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user
|
|
* space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the
|
|
* cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't
|
|
* fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and
|
|
* dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine
|
|
* the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station.
|
|
* @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct station_info {
|
|
u64 filled;
|
|
u32 connected_time;
|
|
u32 inactive_time;
|
|
u64 assoc_at;
|
|
u64 rx_bytes;
|
|
u64 tx_bytes;
|
|
u16 llid;
|
|
u16 plid;
|
|
u8 plink_state;
|
|
s8 signal;
|
|
s8 signal_avg;
|
|
|
|
u8 chains;
|
|
s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
|
|
s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
|
|
|
|
struct rate_info txrate;
|
|
struct rate_info rxrate;
|
|
u32 rx_packets;
|
|
u32 tx_packets;
|
|
u32 tx_retries;
|
|
u32 tx_failed;
|
|
u32 rx_dropped_misc;
|
|
struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
|
|
struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
|
|
|
|
int generation;
|
|
|
|
const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
|
|
size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
|
|
|
|
u32 beacon_loss_count;
|
|
s64 t_offset;
|
|
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
|
|
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
|
|
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
|
|
|
|
u32 expected_throughput;
|
|
|
|
u64 tx_duration;
|
|
u64 rx_duration;
|
|
u64 rx_beacon;
|
|
u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
|
|
u8 connected_to_gate;
|
|
|
|
struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
|
|
s8 ack_signal;
|
|
s8 avg_ack_signal;
|
|
|
|
u16 airtime_weight;
|
|
|
|
u32 rx_mpdu_count;
|
|
u32 fcs_err_count;
|
|
|
|
u32 airtime_link_metric;
|
|
|
|
u8 connected_to_as;
|
|
|
|
bool mlo_params_valid;
|
|
u8 assoc_link_id;
|
|
u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
const u8 *assoc_resp_ies;
|
|
size_t assoc_resp_ies_len;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit
|
|
* @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm
|
|
* @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs {
|
|
s32 power;
|
|
u32 freq_range_index;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs
|
|
* @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types
|
|
* @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs
|
|
* @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_sar_specs {
|
|
enum nl80211_sar_type type;
|
|
u32 num_sub_specs;
|
|
struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges
|
|
* @start_freq: start range edge frequency
|
|
* @end_freq: end range edge frequency
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges {
|
|
u32 start_freq;
|
|
u32 end_freq;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability
|
|
* @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types
|
|
* @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges
|
|
* @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing
|
|
* range to small ones and then append them.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_sar_capa {
|
|
enum nl80211_sar_type type;
|
|
u32 num_freq_ranges;
|
|
const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
|
|
* @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
|
|
* @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
|
|
* @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
|
|
* otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
|
|
* considered undefined.
|
|
*/
|
|
int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
|
|
struct station_info *sinfo);
|
|
#else
|
|
static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *mac_addr,
|
|
struct station_info *sinfo)
|
|
{
|
|
return -ENOENT;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
|
|
* according to the nl80211 flags.
|
|
*
|
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
|
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
|
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
|
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
|
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
|
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
|
|
* @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
|
|
*/
|
|
enum monitor_flags {
|
|
MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
|
|
MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
|
|
MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
|
|
MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
|
|
MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
|
|
MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
|
|
MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
|
|
* in during get_station() or dump_station().
|
|
*
|
|
* @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
|
|
* @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
|
|
* @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
|
|
* @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
|
|
* @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
|
|
* @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
|
|
* @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
|
|
* @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
|
|
* @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
|
|
*/
|
|
enum mpath_info_flags {
|
|
MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0),
|
|
MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1),
|
|
MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2),
|
|
MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3),
|
|
MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4),
|
|
MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5),
|
|
MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6),
|
|
MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7),
|
|
MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct mpath_info - mesh path information
|
|
*
|
|
* Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
|
|
*
|
|
* @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
|
|
* @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
|
|
* @sn: target sequence number
|
|
* @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
|
|
* @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
|
|
* @flags: mesh path flags
|
|
* @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
|
|
* @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
|
|
* @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
|
|
* This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
|
|
* changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
|
|
* userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
|
|
* @hop_count: hops to destination
|
|
* @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
|
|
*/
|
|
struct mpath_info {
|
|
u32 filled;
|
|
u32 frame_qlen;
|
|
u32 sn;
|
|
u32 metric;
|
|
u32 exptime;
|
|
u32 discovery_timeout;
|
|
u8 discovery_retries;
|
|
u8 flags;
|
|
u8 hop_count;
|
|
u32 path_change_count;
|
|
|
|
int generation;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
|
|
*
|
|
* @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD
|
|
* @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
|
|
* (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
|
|
* @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
|
|
* (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
|
|
* @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
|
|
* (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
|
|
* @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
|
|
* (or NULL for no change)
|
|
* @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
|
|
* @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
|
|
* (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
|
|
* @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
|
|
* (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
|
|
* @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
|
|
* @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct bss_parameters {
|
|
int link_id;
|
|
int use_cts_prot;
|
|
int use_short_preamble;
|
|
int use_short_slot_time;
|
|
const u8 *basic_rates;
|
|
u8 basic_rates_len;
|
|
int ap_isolate;
|
|
int ht_opmode;
|
|
s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
|
|
*
|
|
* @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
|
|
* by the Mesh Peering Open message
|
|
* @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
|
|
* used by the Mesh Peering Open message
|
|
* @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
|
|
* the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
|
|
* @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
|
|
* mesh interface
|
|
* @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
|
|
* be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
|
|
* @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
|
|
* @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
|
|
* elements
|
|
* @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
|
|
* detect compatible mesh peers
|
|
* @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
|
|
* synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
|
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
|
|
* that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
|
|
* @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
|
|
* @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
|
|
* a path discovery in milliseconds
|
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
|
|
* receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
|
|
* root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
|
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
|
|
* which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
|
|
* element
|
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
|
|
* which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
|
|
* element
|
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
|
|
* it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
|
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
|
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
|
|
* announcements are transmitted
|
|
* @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
|
|
* station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
|
|
* missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
|
|
* only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
|
|
* not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
|
|
* same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
|
|
* @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
|
|
* entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
|
|
* @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
|
|
* station to establish a peer link
|
|
* @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
|
|
*
|
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
|
|
* receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
|
|
* the root mesh STA to be valid.
|
|
*
|
|
* @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
|
|
* PREQs are transmitted.
|
|
* @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
|
|
* during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
|
|
* a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
|
|
* @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
|
|
* setting for new peer links.
|
|
* @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
|
|
* after transmitting its beacon.
|
|
* @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
|
|
* peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
|
|
* from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
|
|
* @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA
|
|
* will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
|
|
* in the mesh formation field.
|
|
* @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
|
|
* connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the
|
|
* value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
|
|
* in the mesh path table
|
|
* @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP
|
|
* for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might
|
|
* not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So
|
|
* if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
|
|
* dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct mesh_config {
|
|
u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
|
|
u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
|
|
u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
|
|
u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
|
|
u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
|
|
u8 dot11MeshTTL;
|
|
u8 element_ttl;
|
|
bool auto_open_plinks;
|
|
u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
|
|
u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
|
|
u32 path_refresh_time;
|
|
u16 min_discovery_timeout;
|
|
u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
|
|
u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
|
|
u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
|
|
u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
|
|
u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
|
|
bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
|
|
bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer;
|
|
u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
|
|
bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
|
|
bool dot11MeshForwarding;
|
|
s32 rssi_threshold;
|
|
u16 ht_opmode;
|
|
u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
|
|
u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
|
|
u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
|
|
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
|
|
u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
|
|
u32 plink_timeout;
|
|
bool dot11MeshNolearn;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
|
|
* @chandef: defines the channel to use
|
|
* @mesh_id: the mesh ID
|
|
* @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
|
|
* @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
|
|
* @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
|
|
* @path_metric: which metric to use
|
|
* @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
|
|
* @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
|
|
* @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
|
|
* @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
|
|
* @is_secure: this mesh uses security
|
|
* @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
|
|
* @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
|
|
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
|
|
* @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
|
|
* @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
|
|
* @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
|
|
* @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
|
|
* changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
|
|
* to operate on DFS channels.
|
|
* @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
|
|
* port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
|
|
*
|
|
* These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct mesh_setup {
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
|
|
const u8 *mesh_id;
|
|
u8 mesh_id_len;
|
|
u8 sync_method;
|
|
u8 path_sel_proto;
|
|
u8 path_metric;
|
|
u8 auth_id;
|
|
const u8 *ie;
|
|
u8 ie_len;
|
|
bool is_authenticated;
|
|
bool is_secure;
|
|
bool user_mpm;
|
|
u8 dtim_period;
|
|
u16 beacon_interval;
|
|
int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
|
|
u32 basic_rates;
|
|
struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
|
|
bool userspace_handles_dfs;
|
|
bool control_port_over_nl80211;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
|
|
* @chandef: defines the channel to use
|
|
*
|
|
* These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ocb_setup {
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
|
|
* @ac: AC identifier
|
|
* @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
|
|
* @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
|
|
* 1..32767]
|
|
* @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
|
|
* 1..32767]
|
|
* @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
|
|
* @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_txq_params {
|
|
enum nl80211_ac ac;
|
|
u16 txop;
|
|
u16 cwmin;
|
|
u16 cwmax;
|
|
u8 aifs;
|
|
int link_id;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
|
|
*
|
|
* The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
|
|
* a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
|
|
* be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
|
|
* channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
|
|
* wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
|
|
* probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
|
|
* that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
|
|
* well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
|
|
* in the wiphy structure.
|
|
*
|
|
* When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
|
|
* it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
|
|
* maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
|
|
* functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
|
|
* BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
|
|
* to userspace.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
|
|
* @ssid: the SSID
|
|
* @ssid_len: length of the ssid
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_ssid {
|
|
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
|
|
u8 ssid_len;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
|
|
* @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
|
|
* wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
|
|
* information is not available, this field is left zero.
|
|
* @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
|
|
* @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
|
|
* userspace will be notified of that
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_scan_info {
|
|
u64 scan_start_tsf;
|
|
u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
bool aborted;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only
|
|
*
|
|
* @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for
|
|
* @bssid: bssid to scan for
|
|
* @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request
|
|
* which the above info relvant to
|
|
* @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU
|
|
* @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used
|
|
* @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait
|
|
* 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests.
|
|
* @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params {
|
|
u32 short_ssid;
|
|
u32 channel_idx;
|
|
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
bool unsolicited_probe;
|
|
bool short_ssid_valid;
|
|
bool psc_no_listen;
|
|
s8 psd_20;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
|
|
*
|
|
* @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
|
|
* @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
|
|
* @channels: channels to scan on.
|
|
* @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
|
|
* @scan_width: channel width for scanning
|
|
* @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
|
|
* @ie_len: length of ie in octets
|
|
* @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
|
|
* %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
|
|
* the actual dwell time may be shorter.
|
|
* @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
|
|
* %duration field.
|
|
* @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
|
|
* @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
|
|
* @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
|
|
* @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
|
|
* @info: (internal) information about completed scan
|
|
* @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
|
|
* @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
|
|
* @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
|
|
* @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
|
|
* are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
|
|
* be taken from the @mac_addr
|
|
* @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only,
|
|
* true if this is the second scan request
|
|
* @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params
|
|
* @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params
|
|
* @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_scan_request {
|
|
struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
|
|
int n_ssids;
|
|
u32 n_channels;
|
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
|
|
const u8 *ie;
|
|
size_t ie_len;
|
|
u16 duration;
|
|
bool duration_mandatory;
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
|
|
u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
|
|
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev;
|
|
|
|
u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
|
|
/* internal */
|
|
struct wiphy *wiphy;
|
|
unsigned long scan_start;
|
|
struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
|
|
bool notified;
|
|
bool no_cck;
|
|
bool scan_6ghz;
|
|
u32 n_6ghz_params;
|
|
struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params;
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channels[];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
|
|
buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
|
|
buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
|
|
*
|
|
* @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
|
|
* or no match (RSSI only)
|
|
* @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
|
|
* or no match (RSSI only)
|
|
* @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
|
|
* @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
|
|
* for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
|
|
* of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
|
|
* %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
|
|
* specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
|
|
* If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
|
|
* corresponding matchset.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_match_set {
|
|
struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
|
|
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
s32 rssi_thold;
|
|
s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
|
|
*
|
|
* @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
|
|
* @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
|
|
* infinite loop.
|
|
* The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
|
|
* all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
|
|
u32 interval;
|
|
u32 iterations;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
|
|
*
|
|
* @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
|
|
* @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
|
|
enum nl80211_band band;
|
|
s8 delta;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
|
|
*
|
|
* @reqid: identifies this request.
|
|
* @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
|
|
* @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
|
|
* @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
|
|
* @scan_width: channel width for scanning
|
|
* @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
|
|
* @ie_len: length of ie in octets
|
|
* @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
|
|
* @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
|
|
* entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
|
|
* (others are filtered out).
|
|
* If ommited, all results are passed.
|
|
* @n_match_sets: number of match sets
|
|
* @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
|
|
* @dev: the interface
|
|
* @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
|
|
* @channels: channels to scan
|
|
* @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
|
|
* contains the minimum over all matchsets
|
|
* @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
|
|
* @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
|
|
* are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
|
|
* be taken from the @mac_addr
|
|
* @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
|
|
* index must be executed first.
|
|
* @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
|
|
* @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
|
|
* @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
|
|
* owned by a particular socket)
|
|
* @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
|
|
* @list: for keeping list of requests.
|
|
* @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
|
|
* cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start
|
|
* immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
|
|
* supported.
|
|
* @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
|
|
* @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
|
|
* reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
|
|
* to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
|
|
* The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
|
|
* @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
|
|
* to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
|
|
* using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
|
|
* belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
|
|
* comparisions.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
|
|
u64 reqid;
|
|
struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
|
|
int n_ssids;
|
|
u32 n_channels;
|
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
|
|
const u8 *ie;
|
|
size_t ie_len;
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
|
|
int n_match_sets;
|
|
s32 min_rssi_thold;
|
|
u32 delay;
|
|
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
|
|
int n_scan_plans;
|
|
|
|
u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
|
|
bool relative_rssi_set;
|
|
s8 relative_rssi;
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
|
|
|
|
/* internal */
|
|
struct wiphy *wiphy;
|
|
struct net_device *dev;
|
|
unsigned long scan_start;
|
|
bool report_results;
|
|
struct rcu_head rcu_head;
|
|
u32 owner_nlportid;
|
|
bool nl_owner_dead;
|
|
struct list_head list;
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channels[];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
|
|
*
|
|
* @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
|
|
* @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
|
|
* @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
|
|
*/
|
|
enum cfg80211_signal_type {
|
|
CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
|
|
CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
|
|
CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
|
|
* @chan: channel the frame was received on
|
|
* @scan_width: scan width that was used
|
|
* @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
|
|
* signal type
|
|
* @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
|
|
* received; should match the time when the frame was actually
|
|
* received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
|
|
* buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
|
|
* If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
|
|
* ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
|
|
* @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
|
|
* timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
|
|
* by %parent_bssid.
|
|
* @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
|
|
* the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
|
|
* @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
|
|
* @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
|
|
* @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
|
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
|
|
s32 signal;
|
|
u64 boottime_ns;
|
|
u64 parent_tsf;
|
|
u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
u8 chains;
|
|
s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
|
|
|
|
void *drv_data;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
|
|
* @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
|
|
* @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
|
|
* @len: length of the IEs
|
|
* @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
|
|
* @data: IE data
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
|
|
u64 tsf;
|
|
struct rcu_head rcu_head;
|
|
int len;
|
|
bool from_beacon;
|
|
u8 data[];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
|
|
* for use in scan results and similar.
|
|
*
|
|
* @channel: channel this BSS is on
|
|
* @scan_width: width of the control channel
|
|
* @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
|
|
* @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
|
|
* @capability: the capability field in host byte order
|
|
* @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
|
|
* are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
|
|
* proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
|
|
* received. It is always non-%NULL.
|
|
* @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
|
|
* (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
|
|
* own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
|
|
* @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
|
|
* @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
|
|
* @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
|
|
* a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
|
|
* that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
|
|
* points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
|
|
* @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
|
|
* non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
|
|
* @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
|
|
* (multi-BSSID support)
|
|
* @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
|
|
* @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
|
|
* @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
|
|
* @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
|
|
* @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
|
|
* @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss {
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
|
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
|
|
|
|
const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
|
|
const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
|
|
const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
|
|
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
|
|
struct list_head nontrans_list;
|
|
|
|
s32 signal;
|
|
|
|
u16 beacon_interval;
|
|
u16 capability;
|
|
|
|
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
u8 chains;
|
|
s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
|
|
|
|
u8 bssid_index;
|
|
u8 max_bssid_indicator;
|
|
|
|
u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
|
|
* @bss: the bss to search
|
|
* @id: the element ID
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
|
|
* rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
|
|
* Return: %NULL if not found.
|
|
*/
|
|
const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
|
|
* @bss: the bss to search
|
|
* @id: the element ID
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
|
|
* rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
|
|
* Return: %NULL if not found.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
|
|
{
|
|
return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
|
|
* authentication.
|
|
*
|
|
* @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
|
|
* to it if it needs to keep it.
|
|
* @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
|
|
* @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
|
|
* @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
|
|
* @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
|
|
* @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
|
|
* @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
|
|
* @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
|
|
* the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
|
|
* Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
|
|
* transaction sequence number field.
|
|
* @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
|
|
* @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD,
|
|
* the interface address is included as the MLD address and the
|
|
* necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and
|
|
* given an MLD address) by the driver
|
|
* @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with
|
|
* an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_auth_request {
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
|
|
const u8 *ie;
|
|
size_t ie_len;
|
|
enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
|
|
const u8 *key;
|
|
u8 key_len;
|
|
s8 key_idx;
|
|
const u8 *auth_data;
|
|
size_t auth_data_len;
|
|
s8 link_id;
|
|
const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association
|
|
* @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss;
|
|
* if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested
|
|
* @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link
|
|
* @elems_len: length of the elements
|
|
* @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it
|
|
* should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_assoc_link {
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
|
|
const u8 *elems;
|
|
size_t elems_len;
|
|
bool disabled;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
|
|
*
|
|
* @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
|
|
* @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
|
|
* @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
|
|
* @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
|
|
* authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
|
|
* userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
|
|
* request (connect callback).
|
|
* @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE
|
|
* @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT
|
|
* @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links.
|
|
* Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this
|
|
* flag is not set.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
|
|
ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0),
|
|
ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1),
|
|
ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2),
|
|
CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3),
|
|
ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4),
|
|
ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5),
|
|
CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
|
|
* (re)association.
|
|
* @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
|
|
* given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
|
|
* or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
|
|
* association requests while already associating must be rejected.
|
|
* This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead
|
|
* of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations.
|
|
* @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
|
|
* @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
|
|
* @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
|
|
* @crypto: crypto settings
|
|
* @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
|
|
* to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
|
|
* do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
|
|
* the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
|
|
* included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
|
|
* frame.
|
|
* @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
|
|
* @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
|
|
* will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
|
|
* @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
|
|
* @vht_capa: VHT capability override
|
|
* @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
|
|
* @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
|
|
* %NULL if FILS is not used.
|
|
* @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
|
|
* @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
|
|
* Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
|
|
* with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
|
|
* @s1g_capa: S1G capability override
|
|
* @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask
|
|
* @links: per-link information for MLO connections
|
|
* @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates
|
|
* the link on which the association request should be sent
|
|
* @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request,
|
|
* valid iff @link_id >= 0
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
|
|
const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
|
|
size_t ie_len;
|
|
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
|
|
bool use_mfp;
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
|
|
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
|
|
struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
|
|
const u8 *fils_kek;
|
|
size_t fils_kek_len;
|
|
const u8 *fils_nonces;
|
|
struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask;
|
|
struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
|
|
const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
|
|
s8 link_id;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
|
|
* deauthentication.
|
|
*
|
|
* @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from
|
|
* @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
|
|
* @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
|
|
* @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
|
|
* @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
|
|
* do not set a deauth frame
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
|
|
const u8 *bssid;
|
|
const u8 *ie;
|
|
size_t ie_len;
|
|
u16 reason_code;
|
|
bool local_state_change;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
|
|
* disassociation.
|
|
*
|
|
* @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from
|
|
* @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
|
|
* @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
|
|
* @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
|
|
* @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
|
|
* Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
|
|
const u8 *ap_addr;
|
|
const u8 *ie;
|
|
size_t ie_len;
|
|
u16 reason_code;
|
|
bool local_state_change;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
|
|
* method.
|
|
*
|
|
* @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
|
|
* @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
|
|
* @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
|
|
* search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
|
|
* @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
|
|
* @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
|
|
* IBSSs to join on other channels.
|
|
* @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
|
|
* @ie_len: length of that
|
|
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
|
|
* @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
|
|
* after joining
|
|
* @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
|
|
* sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
|
|
* required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
|
|
* user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
|
|
* @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
|
|
* port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
|
|
* @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
|
|
* changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
|
|
* to operate on DFS channels.
|
|
* @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
|
|
* @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
|
|
* @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
|
|
* will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
|
|
* @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
|
|
* @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
|
|
* CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
|
|
* @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
|
|
const u8 *ssid;
|
|
const u8 *bssid;
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
|
|
const u8 *ie;
|
|
u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
|
|
u16 beacon_interval;
|
|
u32 basic_rates;
|
|
bool channel_fixed;
|
|
bool privacy;
|
|
bool control_port;
|
|
bool control_port_over_nl80211;
|
|
bool userspace_handles_dfs;
|
|
int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
|
|
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
|
|
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
|
|
struct key_params *wep_keys;
|
|
int wep_tx_key;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
|
|
*
|
|
* @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
|
|
* @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
|
|
* @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
|
|
* @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
|
|
enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
|
|
union {
|
|
enum nl80211_band band_pref;
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
|
|
} param;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
|
|
* authentication and association.
|
|
*
|
|
* @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
|
|
* on scan results)
|
|
* @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
|
|
* %NULL if not specified
|
|
* @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
|
|
* results)
|
|
* @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
|
|
* %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
|
|
* allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
|
|
* to use.
|
|
* @ssid: SSID
|
|
* @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
|
|
* @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
|
|
* @ie: IEs for association request
|
|
* @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
|
|
* @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
|
|
* @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
|
|
* @crypto: crypto settings
|
|
* @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
|
|
* @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
|
|
* @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
|
|
* @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
|
|
* @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
|
|
* or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
|
|
* @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
|
|
* will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
|
|
* @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
|
|
* @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
|
|
* @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
|
|
* @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
|
|
* networks.
|
|
* @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
|
|
* @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
|
|
* to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
|
|
* do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
|
|
* the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
|
|
* included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
|
|
* frame.
|
|
* @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
|
|
* NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
|
|
* data IE.
|
|
* @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
|
|
* @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
|
|
* %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
|
|
* is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
|
|
* @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
|
|
* @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
|
|
* messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
|
|
* @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
|
|
* keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
|
|
* @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
|
|
* @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
|
|
* offload of 4-way handshake.
|
|
* @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
|
|
* This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
|
|
* to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_connect_params {
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
|
|
const u8 *bssid;
|
|
const u8 *bssid_hint;
|
|
const u8 *ssid;
|
|
size_t ssid_len;
|
|
enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
|
|
const u8 *ie;
|
|
size_t ie_len;
|
|
bool privacy;
|
|
enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
|
|
struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
|
|
const u8 *key;
|
|
u8 key_len, key_idx;
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
int bg_scan_period;
|
|
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
|
|
struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
|
|
struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
|
|
struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
|
|
bool pbss;
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
|
|
const u8 *prev_bssid;
|
|
const u8 *fils_erp_username;
|
|
size_t fils_erp_username_len;
|
|
const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
|
|
size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
|
|
u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
|
|
const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
|
|
size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
|
|
bool want_1x;
|
|
struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
|
|
*
|
|
* This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
|
|
* have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
|
|
*
|
|
* @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
|
|
* @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
|
|
* username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
|
|
* @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
|
|
*/
|
|
enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
|
|
UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0),
|
|
UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1),
|
|
UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
|
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
|
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
|
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
|
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
|
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
|
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
|
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
|
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
|
|
* @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
|
|
*/
|
|
enum wiphy_params_flags {
|
|
WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0,
|
|
WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1,
|
|
WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2,
|
|
WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3,
|
|
WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4,
|
|
WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5,
|
|
WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6,
|
|
WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7,
|
|
WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256
|
|
|
|
/* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
|
|
#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000
|
|
#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000
|
|
|
|
/* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
|
|
#define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
|
|
* caching.
|
|
*
|
|
* @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
|
|
* @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
|
|
* @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
|
|
* derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
|
|
* @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
|
|
* the hash algorithm used to generate this.
|
|
* @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
|
|
* cache identifier (may be %NULL).
|
|
* @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
|
|
* @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
|
|
* scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
|
|
* %NULL).
|
|
* @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
|
|
* (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
|
|
* The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
|
|
* expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
|
|
* expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
|
|
* used for it expires.
|
|
* @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
|
|
* PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
|
|
* Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
|
|
* this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
|
|
* threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmksa {
|
|
const u8 *bssid;
|
|
const u8 *pmkid;
|
|
const u8 *pmk;
|
|
size_t pmk_len;
|
|
const u8 *ssid;
|
|
size_t ssid_len;
|
|
const u8 *cache_id;
|
|
u32 pmk_lifetime;
|
|
u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
|
|
* @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
|
|
* one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
|
|
* @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
|
|
* @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
|
|
* @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
|
|
*
|
|
* Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
|
|
* memory, free @mask only!
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
|
|
const u8 *mask, *pattern;
|
|
int pattern_len;
|
|
int pkt_offset;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
|
|
* @src: source IP address
|
|
* @dst: destination IP address
|
|
* @dst_mac: destination MAC address
|
|
* @src_port: source port
|
|
* @dst_port: destination port
|
|
* @payload_len: data payload length
|
|
* @payload: data payload buffer
|
|
* @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
|
|
* @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
|
|
* @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
|
|
* @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
|
|
* @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
|
|
* @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
|
|
* @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
|
|
struct socket *sock;
|
|
__be32 src, dst;
|
|
u16 src_port, dst_port;
|
|
u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
int payload_len;
|
|
const u8 *payload;
|
|
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
|
|
u32 data_interval;
|
|
u32 wake_len;
|
|
const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
|
|
u32 tokens_size;
|
|
/* must be last, variable member */
|
|
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
|
|
* @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
|
|
* operating as normal during suspend
|
|
* @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
|
|
* @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
|
|
* @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
|
|
* @n_patterns: number of patterns
|
|
* @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
|
|
* @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
|
|
* @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
|
|
* @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
|
|
* @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
|
|
* NULL if not configured.
|
|
* @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan {
|
|
bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
|
|
eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
|
|
rfkill_release;
|
|
struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
|
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
|
|
int n_patterns;
|
|
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
|
|
* @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
|
|
* @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
|
|
* see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
|
|
* @patterns: array of packet patterns
|
|
* @n_patterns: number of patterns
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
|
|
int delay;
|
|
enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
|
|
struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
|
|
int n_patterns;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure defines coalescing settings.
|
|
* @rules: array of coalesce rules
|
|
* @n_rules: number of rules
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_coalesce {
|
|
struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
|
|
int n_rules;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
|
|
*
|
|
* @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
|
|
* @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This
|
|
* value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
|
|
* @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
|
|
* occurred (in MHz)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
|
|
struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
|
|
int n_channels;
|
|
u32 channels[];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
|
|
*
|
|
* @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
|
|
* @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
|
|
* match information.
|
|
* @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
|
|
* the matches that triggered the wake up.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
|
|
int n_matches;
|
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
|
|
* @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
|
|
* @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
|
|
* @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
|
|
* @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
|
|
* @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
|
|
* @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
|
|
* @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
|
|
* @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
|
|
* @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
|
|
* @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
|
|
* @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
|
|
* frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
|
|
* disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
|
|
* it is.
|
|
* @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
|
|
* @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
|
|
* @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
|
|
* @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
|
|
bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
|
|
eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
|
|
rfkill_release, packet_80211,
|
|
tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
|
|
s32 pattern_idx;
|
|
u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
|
|
const void *packet;
|
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
|
|
* @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes)
|
|
* @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes)
|
|
* @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
|
|
* @kek_len: length of kek
|
|
* @kck_len: length of kck
|
|
* @akm: akm (oui, id)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
|
|
const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
|
|
u32 akm;
|
|
u8 kek_len, kck_len;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
|
|
*
|
|
* @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
|
|
* @ie: Fast Transition IEs
|
|
* @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
|
|
u16 md;
|
|
const u8 *ie;
|
|
size_t ie_len;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
|
|
*
|
|
* @chan: channel to use
|
|
* @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
|
|
* @wait: duration for ROC
|
|
* @buf: buffer to transmit
|
|
* @len: buffer length
|
|
* @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
|
|
* @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
|
|
* @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
|
|
* @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
|
|
* @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note
|
|
* that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the
|
|
* link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
|
|
bool offchan;
|
|
unsigned int wait;
|
|
const u8 *buf;
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
bool no_cck;
|
|
bool dont_wait_for_ack;
|
|
int n_csa_offsets;
|
|
const u16 *csa_offsets;
|
|
int link_id;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
|
|
*
|
|
* @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
|
|
* @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
|
|
u8 dscp;
|
|
u8 up;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
|
|
*
|
|
* @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
|
|
* @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
|
|
u8 low;
|
|
u8 high;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
|
|
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
|
|
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
|
|
#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
|
|
(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
|
|
*
|
|
* This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
|
|
*
|
|
* @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
|
|
* @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
|
|
* the user priority DSCP range definition
|
|
* @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_qos_map {
|
|
u8 num_des;
|
|
struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
|
|
struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
|
|
* @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
|
|
* For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
|
|
* (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
|
|
u8 master_pref;
|
|
u8 bands;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
|
|
* configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
|
|
* @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
|
|
*/
|
|
enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
|
|
CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
|
|
CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
|
|
*
|
|
* @filter: the content of the filter
|
|
* @len: the length of the filter
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
|
|
const u8 *filter;
|
|
u8 len;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
|
|
*
|
|
* @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
|
|
* @service_id: the service ID of the function
|
|
* @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
|
|
* @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
|
|
* implementation specific.
|
|
* @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
|
|
* @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
|
|
* @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
|
|
* @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
|
|
* @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
|
|
* @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
|
|
* @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
|
|
* @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
|
|
* @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
|
|
* @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
|
|
* @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
|
|
* @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
|
|
* @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
|
|
* @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
|
|
* @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
|
|
* @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
|
|
* @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
|
|
* @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
|
|
* @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
|
|
* @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_nan_func {
|
|
enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
|
|
u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
|
|
u8 publish_type;
|
|
bool close_range;
|
|
bool publish_bcast;
|
|
bool subscribe_active;
|
|
u8 followup_id;
|
|
u8 followup_reqid;
|
|
struct mac_address followup_dest;
|
|
u32 ttl;
|
|
const u8 *serv_spec_info;
|
|
u8 serv_spec_info_len;
|
|
bool srf_include;
|
|
const u8 *srf_bf;
|
|
u8 srf_bf_len;
|
|
u8 srf_bf_idx;
|
|
struct mac_address *srf_macs;
|
|
int srf_num_macs;
|
|
struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
|
|
struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
|
|
u8 num_tx_filters;
|
|
u8 num_rx_filters;
|
|
u8 instance_id;
|
|
u64 cookie;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* @aa: authenticator address
|
|
* @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
|
|
* @pmk: the PMK material
|
|
* @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
|
|
* is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
|
|
* holds PMK-R0.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
|
|
const u8 *aa;
|
|
u8 pmk_len;
|
|
const u8 *pmk;
|
|
const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
|
|
*
|
|
* Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
|
|
*
|
|
* @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
|
|
* for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
|
|
* @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
|
|
* to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
|
|
* authentication response command interface.
|
|
* @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and
|
|
* authentication response command interface.
|
|
* @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
|
|
* authentication request event interface.
|
|
* @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
|
|
* use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
|
|
* the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
|
|
* response command interface (user space to driver).
|
|
* @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
|
|
* @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event
|
|
* interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication
|
|
* offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT
|
|
* flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space
|
|
* supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload.
|
|
* User space should use the address of the interface (on which the
|
|
* authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space
|
|
* and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of
|
|
* authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver
|
|
* translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link
|
|
* chosen for the authentication.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
|
|
enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
|
|
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
|
|
unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
|
|
u16 status;
|
|
const u8 *pmkid;
|
|
u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
|
|
*
|
|
* @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
|
|
* indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
|
|
* @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
|
|
* answered
|
|
* @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
|
|
* successfully answered
|
|
* @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
|
|
* @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
|
|
* @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions
|
|
* @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
|
|
* of how much time the responder was busy
|
|
* @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
|
|
* initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
|
|
* the responder
|
|
* @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
|
|
* for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
|
|
* @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
|
|
u32 filled;
|
|
u32 success_num;
|
|
u32 partial_num;
|
|
u32 failed_num;
|
|
u32 asap_num;
|
|
u32 non_asap_num;
|
|
u64 total_duration_ms;
|
|
u32 unknown_triggers_num;
|
|
u32 reschedule_requests_num;
|
|
u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
|
|
* @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
|
|
* %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
|
|
* reason than just "failure"
|
|
* @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
|
|
* in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
|
|
* @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
|
|
* @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
|
|
* @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
|
|
* fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
|
|
* by the responder
|
|
* @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
|
|
* @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
|
|
* @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
|
|
* @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
|
|
* @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
|
|
* @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
|
|
* @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
|
|
* @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
|
|
* @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
|
|
* @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
|
|
* @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
|
|
* @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
|
|
* @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
|
|
* the square root of the variance)
|
|
* @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
|
|
* @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
|
|
* (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
|
|
* @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
|
|
* @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
|
|
* @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
|
|
* @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
|
|
* @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
|
|
* @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
|
|
* @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
|
|
* @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
|
|
* @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
|
|
* @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
|
|
* @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
|
|
* @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
|
|
* @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
|
|
* @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
|
|
const u8 *lci;
|
|
const u8 *civicloc;
|
|
unsigned int lci_len;
|
|
unsigned int civicloc_len;
|
|
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
|
|
u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
|
|
s16 burst_index;
|
|
u8 busy_retry_time;
|
|
u8 num_bursts_exp;
|
|
u8 burst_duration;
|
|
u8 ftms_per_burst;
|
|
s32 rssi_avg;
|
|
s32 rssi_spread;
|
|
struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
|
|
s64 rtt_avg;
|
|
s64 rtt_variance;
|
|
s64 rtt_spread;
|
|
s64 dist_avg;
|
|
s64 dist_variance;
|
|
s64 dist_spread;
|
|
|
|
u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
|
|
num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
|
|
rssi_avg_valid:1,
|
|
rssi_spread_valid:1,
|
|
tx_rate_valid:1,
|
|
rx_rate_valid:1,
|
|
rtt_avg_valid:1,
|
|
rtt_variance_valid:1,
|
|
rtt_spread_valid:1,
|
|
dist_avg_valid:1,
|
|
dist_variance_valid:1,
|
|
dist_spread_valid:1;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
|
|
* @addr: address of the peer
|
|
* @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
|
|
* measurement was made)
|
|
* @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
|
|
* @status: status of the measurement
|
|
* @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
|
|
* reporting partial results always set this flag
|
|
* @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
|
|
* @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
|
|
* one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
|
|
* they're all aggregated for userspace.
|
|
* @ftm: FTM result
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
|
|
u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
|
|
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
|
|
|
|
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
|
|
u8 final:1,
|
|
ap_tsf_valid:1;
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
|
|
|
|
union {
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
|
|
};
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
|
|
* @requested: indicates FTM is requested
|
|
* @preamble: frame preamble to use
|
|
* @burst_period: burst period to use
|
|
* @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
|
|
* @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
|
|
* @burst_duration: burst duration
|
|
* @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
|
|
* @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
|
|
* @request_lci: request LCI information
|
|
* @request_civicloc: request civic location information
|
|
* @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement
|
|
* If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
|
|
* EDCA based ranging will be used.
|
|
* @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement
|
|
* If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
|
|
* EDCA based ranging will be used.
|
|
* @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either
|
|
* @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set.
|
|
* @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to
|
|
* indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if
|
|
* @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set.
|
|
*
|
|
* See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
|
|
enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
|
|
u16 burst_period;
|
|
u8 requested:1,
|
|
asap:1,
|
|
request_lci:1,
|
|
request_civicloc:1,
|
|
trigger_based:1,
|
|
non_trigger_based:1,
|
|
lmr_feedback:1;
|
|
u8 num_bursts_exp;
|
|
u8 burst_duration;
|
|
u8 ftms_per_burst;
|
|
u8 ftmr_retries;
|
|
u8 bss_color;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
|
|
* @addr: MAC address
|
|
* @chandef: channel to use
|
|
* @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
|
|
* @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
|
|
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
|
|
u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
|
|
* @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
|
|
* @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
|
|
* @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
|
|
* not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
|
|
* @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
|
|
* @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
|
|
* are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
|
|
* be taken from the @mac_addr
|
|
* @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
|
|
* @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
|
|
* zero it means there's no timeout
|
|
* @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
|
|
* @peers: per-peer measurement request data
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
|
|
u64 cookie;
|
|
void *drv_data;
|
|
u32 n_peers;
|
|
u32 nl_portid;
|
|
|
|
u32 timeout;
|
|
|
|
u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
|
|
struct list_head list;
|
|
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
|
|
* (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
|
|
*
|
|
* Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
|
|
*
|
|
* @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
|
|
* has to be done.
|
|
* @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
|
|
* processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
|
|
* cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
|
|
* OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
|
|
* @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
|
|
* the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
|
|
* the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
|
|
* @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
|
|
* @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested
|
|
* by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station
|
|
* connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it
|
|
* will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space).
|
|
* @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO
|
|
* connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when
|
|
* @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only
|
|
* with OWE update event (driver to user space).
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
|
|
u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
u16 status;
|
|
const u8 *ie;
|
|
size_t ie_len;
|
|
int assoc_link_id;
|
|
u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data
|
|
* @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
|
|
* for the entire device
|
|
* @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
|
|
* for the given interface
|
|
* @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes
|
|
* @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface
|
|
* for these subtypes
|
|
*/
|
|
struct mgmt_frame_regs {
|
|
u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes;
|
|
u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
|
|
* in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
|
|
*
|
|
* All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
|
|
* on success or a negative error code.
|
|
*
|
|
* All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be
|
|
* held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied
|
|
* upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering,
|
|
* the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers.
|
|
*
|
|
* @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
|
|
* be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
|
|
* configured for the device.
|
|
* @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
|
|
* @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
|
|
* to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
|
|
* the device.
|
|
*
|
|
* @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
|
|
* must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
|
|
* the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
|
|
* wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
|
|
* also set the address member in the wdev.
|
|
* This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
|
|
*
|
|
* @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
|
|
* This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
|
|
*
|
|
* @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
|
|
* keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
|
|
* This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
|
|
*
|
|
* @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that
|
|
* the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link
|
|
* address is available.
|
|
* @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface.
|
|
*
|
|
* @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
|
|
* when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection.
|
|
* For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for
|
|
* pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key.
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
|
|
* @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
|
|
* key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
|
|
* after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
|
|
* not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
|
|
* @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection,
|
|
* @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr
|
|
* will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key.
|
|
*
|
|
* @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
|
|
* and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will
|
|
* be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0
|
|
* for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD
|
|
* address for MLO pairwise key.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0
|
|
* for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface.
|
|
* @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface.
|
|
* @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
|
|
*
|
|
* @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
|
|
* @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
|
|
* interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
|
|
* @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
|
|
*
|
|
* @add_station: Add a new station.
|
|
* @del_station: Remove a station
|
|
* @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
|
|
* validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
|
|
* might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
|
|
* them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
|
|
* cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
|
|
* @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
|
|
* @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
|
|
*
|
|
* @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
|
|
* @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
|
|
* @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
|
|
* @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
|
|
* @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
|
|
* @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
|
|
* @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
|
|
* @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
|
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
* @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
|
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
|
|
* The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
|
|
* set, and which to leave alone.
|
|
*
|
|
* @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
|
|
*
|
|
* @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data
|
|
* for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called
|
|
* from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock.
|
|
* The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside
|
|
* struct cfg80211_inform_bss.
|
|
* The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
|
|
* as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
|
|
* join the mesh instead.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
|
|
* interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
|
|
* If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
|
|
* be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
|
|
*
|
|
* @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
|
|
* the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
|
|
* For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
|
|
* the scan/scan_done bracket too.
|
|
* @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
|
|
* indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
|
|
*
|
|
* @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
|
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
* @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
|
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
* @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
|
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
* @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
|
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
*
|
|
* @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
|
|
* call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
|
|
* %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
|
|
* from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
|
|
* was received.
|
|
* The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
|
|
* other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
|
|
* by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
|
|
* the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
|
|
* frame instead of Association Request frame.
|
|
* The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
|
|
* specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
|
|
* parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
|
|
* indication of requesting reassociation.
|
|
* In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
|
|
* cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
|
|
* cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
* @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
|
|
* BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
|
|
* subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
|
|
* Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
|
|
* request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
|
|
* BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
|
|
* changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
|
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
* @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
|
|
* connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
|
|
* case connection was already established (invoked with the
|
|
* wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
|
|
*
|
|
* @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
|
|
* cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
|
|
* to a merge.
|
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
* @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
|
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
|
|
* MESH mode)
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
|
|
* @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
|
|
* have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
|
|
* struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
|
|
* the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
|
|
* wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
|
|
* always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
|
|
* (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
|
|
* @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
|
|
* return 0 if successful
|
|
*
|
|
* @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
|
|
* functions to adjust rfkill hw state
|
|
*
|
|
* @dump_survey: get site survey information.
|
|
*
|
|
* @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
|
|
* channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
|
|
* operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
|
|
* ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
|
|
* notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
|
|
* @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
|
|
* This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
|
|
* the duration value.
|
|
* @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
|
|
* @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
|
|
* frame on another channel
|
|
*
|
|
* @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
|
|
* @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
|
|
* used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
|
|
* return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
|
|
* dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
|
|
* was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
|
|
* and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
|
|
* devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
|
|
* RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
|
|
* @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
|
|
* @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
|
|
* @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
|
|
* allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
|
|
* @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
|
|
* After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
|
|
* the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
|
|
* need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
|
|
* disabled.)
|
|
* @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
|
|
* connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the
|
|
* signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should
|
|
* set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
|
|
* If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
|
|
* @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
|
|
* thresholds.
|
|
* @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
|
|
* @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
|
|
* given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
|
|
* for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
|
|
* called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
|
|
* The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
|
|
* stop (when this method returns 0).
|
|
*
|
|
* @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame
|
|
* registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
|
|
* Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
|
|
* reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
|
|
* (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
|
|
*
|
|
* @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
|
|
* @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
|
|
*
|
|
* @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
|
|
* later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
|
|
* For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
|
|
* current monitoring channel.
|
|
*
|
|
* @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
|
|
* @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
|
|
* Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
|
|
* and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
|
|
* this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
|
|
* when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
|
|
* advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
|
|
*
|
|
* @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
|
|
* was finished on another phy.
|
|
*
|
|
* @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
|
|
* driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
|
|
* used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
|
|
*
|
|
* @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
|
|
* for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
|
|
* driver can take the most appropriate actions.
|
|
* @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
|
|
* reliability. This operation can not fail.
|
|
* @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
|
|
*
|
|
* @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
|
|
* responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
|
|
* inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
|
|
* with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
|
|
* everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
|
|
* as soon as possible.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
|
|
* given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
|
|
* changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
|
|
*
|
|
* @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
|
|
* with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
|
|
* userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
|
|
* account.
|
|
* If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
|
|
* the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
|
|
* success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
|
|
* with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
|
|
* rejected)
|
|
* @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
|
|
*
|
|
* @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
|
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
* @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
|
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
*
|
|
* @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
|
|
* is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
|
|
* and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
|
|
* @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
|
|
* peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
|
|
* @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
|
|
* @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
|
|
* @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
|
|
* On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
|
|
* it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
|
|
* should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
|
|
* cfg80211_free_nan_func().
|
|
* On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
|
|
* provided @nan_func.
|
|
* @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
|
|
* @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
|
|
* be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
|
|
* All other parameters must be ignored.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
|
|
* function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
|
|
* If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
|
|
* upon which the driver should clear it.
|
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
* @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
|
|
* (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
|
|
*
|
|
* @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
|
|
* user space
|
|
*
|
|
* @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter
|
|
* tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
|
|
* Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
|
|
* @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
|
|
* @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
|
|
*
|
|
* @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
|
|
* but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
|
|
* DH IE through this interface.
|
|
*
|
|
* @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
|
|
* and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
|
|
* @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
|
|
* This callback may sleep.
|
|
* @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
|
|
* given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings.
|
|
*
|
|
* @color_change: Initiate a color change.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use
|
|
* those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association
|
|
* Response frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for
|
|
* radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit
|
|
* or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
|
|
* Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
|
|
* switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
|
|
* radar channel.
|
|
* The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to
|
|
* disable background CAC/radar detection.
|
|
* @add_link_station: Add a link to a station.
|
|
* @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station.
|
|
* @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_ops {
|
|
int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
|
|
int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
|
|
|
|
struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
const char *name,
|
|
unsigned char name_assign_type,
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype type,
|
|
struct vif_params *params);
|
|
int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev);
|
|
int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype type,
|
|
struct vif_params *params);
|
|
|
|
int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
unsigned int link_id);
|
|
void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
unsigned int link_id);
|
|
|
|
int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
|
|
int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
|
|
const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params);
|
|
int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
|
|
int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
|
|
const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie,
|
|
void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
|
|
int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
|
|
int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
|
|
const u8 *mac_addr);
|
|
int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *netdev, int link_id,
|
|
u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
|
|
int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *netdev, int link_id,
|
|
u8 key_index);
|
|
int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *netdev,
|
|
int link_id,
|
|
u8 key_index);
|
|
|
|
int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
|
|
int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
|
|
int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
unsigned int link_id);
|
|
|
|
|
|
int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *mac,
|
|
struct station_parameters *params);
|
|
int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct station_del_parameters *params);
|
|
int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *mac,
|
|
struct station_parameters *params);
|
|
int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
|
|
int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
|
|
|
|
int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
|
|
int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *dst);
|
|
int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
|
|
int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
|
|
int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
|
|
struct mpath_info *pinfo);
|
|
int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
|
|
int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
|
|
struct mpath_info *pinfo);
|
|
int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct mesh_config *conf);
|
|
int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
|
|
const struct mesh_config *nconf);
|
|
int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const struct mesh_config *conf,
|
|
const struct mesh_setup *setup);
|
|
int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
|
|
|
|
int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct ocb_setup *setup);
|
|
int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
|
|
|
|
int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct bss_parameters *params);
|
|
|
|
void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
|
|
const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
|
|
|
|
int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
|
|
|
|
int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
|
|
void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
|
|
|
|
int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
|
|
int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
|
|
int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
|
|
int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
|
|
|
|
int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
|
|
int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
|
|
u32 changed);
|
|
int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
u16 reason_code);
|
|
|
|
int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
|
|
int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
|
|
int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
int *dbm);
|
|
|
|
void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
|
|
int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
void *data, int len);
|
|
int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
|
|
struct netlink_callback *cb,
|
|
void *data, int len);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
unsigned int link_id,
|
|
const u8 *peer,
|
|
const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
|
|
|
|
int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
|
|
int idx, struct survey_info *info);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
|
|
int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
|
|
int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
|
|
|
|
int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
|
|
unsigned int duration,
|
|
u64 *cookie);
|
|
int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
u64 cookie);
|
|
|
|
int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
|
|
u64 *cookie);
|
|
int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
u64 cookie);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
bool enabled, int timeout);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
|
|
|
|
void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
|
|
int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
|
|
|
|
int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
|
|
int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
u64 reqid);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
|
|
|
|
int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *peer, int link_id,
|
|
u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code,
|
|
u32 peer_capability, bool initiator,
|
|
const u8 *buf, size_t len);
|
|
int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
|
|
|
|
int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
u16 noack_map);
|
|
|
|
int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
unsigned int link_id,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
|
|
|
|
int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev);
|
|
void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
|
|
|
|
int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
u32 cac_time_ms);
|
|
void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev);
|
|
int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
|
|
int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
|
|
u16 duration);
|
|
void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev);
|
|
int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
|
|
|
|
int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
unsigned int link_id,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
|
|
|
|
int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
|
|
u16 admitted_time);
|
|
int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
|
|
|
|
int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
|
|
void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *addr);
|
|
int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
|
|
void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
|
|
int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
|
|
void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
u64 cookie);
|
|
int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
|
|
u32 changes);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const bool enabled);
|
|
|
|
int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
|
|
|
|
int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
|
|
int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *aa);
|
|
int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
|
|
|
|
int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *buf, size_t len,
|
|
const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
|
|
const bool noencrypt, int link_id,
|
|
u64 *cookie);
|
|
|
|
int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
|
|
|
|
int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
|
|
void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
|
|
int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
|
|
int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *buf, size_t len);
|
|
int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
|
|
int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *peer, u8 tids);
|
|
int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar);
|
|
int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params);
|
|
int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad);
|
|
int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
|
|
int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct link_station_parameters *params);
|
|
int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct link_station_parameters *params);
|
|
int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct link_station_del_parameters *params);
|
|
int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts);
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
|
|
* and registration/helper functions
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
|
|
*
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split
|
|
* into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
|
|
* wiphy at all
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
|
|
* by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
|
|
* on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
|
|
* reason to override the default
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
|
|
* on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
|
|
* supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
|
|
* control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
|
|
* control_port_no_encrypt flag.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
|
|
* auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
|
|
* firmware.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
|
|
* link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
|
|
* teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
|
|
* command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
|
|
* used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
|
|
* when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
|
|
* cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
|
|
* responds to probe-requests in hardware.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
|
|
* beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs,
|
|
* in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have
|
|
* complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver
|
|
* should set this flag for now.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys.
|
|
* @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for
|
|
* NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum wiphy_flags {
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11),
|
|
/* use hole at 12 */
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23),
|
|
WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
|
|
* @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
|
|
* @types: interface types (bits)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
|
|
u16 max;
|
|
u16 types;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
|
|
*
|
|
* With this structure the driver can describe which interface
|
|
* combinations it supports concurrently.
|
|
*
|
|
* Examples:
|
|
*
|
|
* 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
|
|
*
|
|
* .. code-block:: c
|
|
*
|
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
|
|
* { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
|
|
* { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), },
|
|
* };
|
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
|
|
* .limits = limits1,
|
|
* .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
|
|
* .max_interfaces = 2,
|
|
* .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
|
|
* };
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
* 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
|
|
*
|
|
* .. code-block:: c
|
|
*
|
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
|
|
* { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
|
|
* BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
|
|
* };
|
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
|
|
* .limits = limits2,
|
|
* .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
|
|
* .max_interfaces = 8,
|
|
* .num_different_channels = 1,
|
|
* };
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
* 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
|
|
*
|
|
* This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
|
|
*
|
|
* .. code-block:: c
|
|
*
|
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
|
|
* { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
|
|
* { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
|
|
* BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
|
|
* };
|
|
* struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
|
|
* .limits = limits3,
|
|
* .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
|
|
* .max_interfaces = 4,
|
|
* .num_different_channels = 2,
|
|
* };
|
|
*
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
|
|
/**
|
|
* @limits:
|
|
* limits for the given interface types
|
|
*/
|
|
const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* @num_different_channels:
|
|
* can use up to this many different channels
|
|
*/
|
|
u32 num_different_channels;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* @max_interfaces:
|
|
* maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
|
|
*/
|
|
u16 max_interfaces;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* @n_limits:
|
|
* number of limitations
|
|
*/
|
|
u8 n_limits;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* @beacon_int_infra_match:
|
|
* In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
|
|
* and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool beacon_int_infra_match;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* @radar_detect_widths:
|
|
* bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
|
|
*/
|
|
u8 radar_detect_widths;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* @radar_detect_regions:
|
|
* bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
|
|
*/
|
|
u8 radar_detect_regions;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* @beacon_int_min_gcd:
|
|
* This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
|
|
*
|
|
* = 0
|
|
* all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
|
|
* > 0
|
|
* any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
|
|
* GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
|
|
* combination must be greater or equal to this value.
|
|
*/
|
|
u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
|
|
u16 tx, rx;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
|
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
|
|
* trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
|
|
* wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
|
|
* received packet that passed filtering; note that the
|
|
* packet should be preserved in that case
|
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
|
|
* (see nl80211.h)
|
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
|
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
|
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
|
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
|
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
|
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
|
|
* @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
|
|
*/
|
|
enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
|
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0),
|
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1),
|
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2),
|
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
|
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4),
|
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5),
|
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6),
|
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7),
|
|
WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
|
|
const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
|
|
u32 data_payload_max;
|
|
u32 data_interval_max;
|
|
u32 wake_payload_max;
|
|
bool seq;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
|
|
* @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
|
|
* @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
|
|
* (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
|
|
* @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
|
|
* @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
|
|
* @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
|
|
* @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
|
|
* similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
|
|
* scheduled scans.
|
|
* See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
|
|
* details.
|
|
* @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
|
|
*/
|
|
struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
int n_patterns;
|
|
int pattern_max_len;
|
|
int pattern_min_len;
|
|
int max_pkt_offset;
|
|
int max_nd_match_sets;
|
|
const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
|
|
* @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
|
|
* @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
|
|
* @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
|
|
* (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
|
|
* @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
|
|
* @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
|
|
* @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
|
|
*/
|
|
struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
|
|
int n_rules;
|
|
int max_delay;
|
|
int n_patterns;
|
|
int pattern_max_len;
|
|
int pattern_min_len;
|
|
int max_pkt_offset;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
|
|
* @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
|
|
* @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
|
|
* @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
|
|
* (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
|
|
*/
|
|
enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
|
|
WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
|
|
WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
|
|
WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
|
|
*
|
|
* @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
|
|
* @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
|
|
* @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
|
|
*
|
|
*/
|
|
enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
|
|
STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
|
|
STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1),
|
|
STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
|
|
* @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
|
|
* @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
|
|
* @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
|
|
* @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct sta_opmode_info {
|
|
u32 changed;
|
|
enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
|
|
enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
|
|
u8 rx_nss;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
|
|
* @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
|
|
* @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
|
|
* @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
|
|
* flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
|
|
* pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
|
|
* @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
|
|
* @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
|
|
* dumpit calls.
|
|
* @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
|
|
* Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
|
|
* attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
|
|
* @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
|
|
* It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
|
|
* @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
|
|
* are used with dump requests.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct wiphy_vendor_command {
|
|
struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
const void *data, int data_len);
|
|
int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
|
|
unsigned long *storage);
|
|
const struct nla_policy *policy;
|
|
unsigned int maxattr;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
|
|
* @iftype: interface type
|
|
* @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
|
|
* additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
|
|
* 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
|
|
* in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
|
|
* 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
|
|
* @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
|
|
* @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
|
|
* @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO)
|
|
* @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
|
|
const u8 *extended_capabilities;
|
|
const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
|
|
u8 extended_capabilities_len;
|
|
u16 eml_capabilities;
|
|
u16 mld_capa_and_ops;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from
|
|
* @type: the interface type to look up
|
|
*/
|
|
const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *
|
|
cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
|
|
* @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
|
|
* @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
|
|
* @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
|
|
* @ftm: FTM measurement data
|
|
* @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
|
|
* @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
|
|
* @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
|
|
* @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
|
|
* @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
|
|
* @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
|
|
* @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
|
|
* @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
|
|
* (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
|
|
* forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
|
|
* @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
|
|
* not limited)
|
|
* @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported
|
|
* @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
|
|
unsigned int max_peers;
|
|
u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
|
|
randomize_mac_addr:1;
|
|
|
|
struct {
|
|
u32 preambles;
|
|
u32 bandwidths;
|
|
s8 max_bursts_exponent;
|
|
u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
|
|
u8 supported:1,
|
|
asap:1,
|
|
non_asap:1,
|
|
request_lci:1,
|
|
request_civicloc:1,
|
|
trigger_based:1,
|
|
non_trigger_based:1;
|
|
} ftm;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
|
|
* suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
|
|
* @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
|
|
*
|
|
* @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
|
|
* @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
|
|
* @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
|
|
*/
|
|
struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites {
|
|
u16 iftypes_mask;
|
|
const u32 *akm_suites;
|
|
int n_akm_suites;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
|
|
* @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device
|
|
* @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
|
|
* note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
|
|
* the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
|
|
* @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
|
|
* the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
|
|
* on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
|
|
* regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
|
|
* @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
|
|
* @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
|
|
* @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
|
|
* @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
|
|
* the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
|
|
* iftype_akm_suites.
|
|
* @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
|
|
* @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
|
|
* Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
|
|
* overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
|
|
* instances of iftype_akm_suites).
|
|
* @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
|
|
* suites are specified separately.
|
|
* @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
|
|
* @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
|
|
* @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
|
|
* -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
|
|
* @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
|
|
* @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
|
|
* @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
|
|
* @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
|
|
* set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
|
|
* four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
|
|
* variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
|
|
* interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
|
|
* @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
|
|
* @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
|
|
* to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
|
|
* by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
|
|
* all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
|
|
* the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
|
|
* @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
|
|
* unregister hardware
|
|
* @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>).
|
|
* It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames
|
|
* @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in
|
|
* /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev()
|
|
* (see below).
|
|
* @wext: wireless extension handlers
|
|
* @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
|
|
* @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
|
|
* must be set by driver
|
|
* @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
|
|
* list single interface types.
|
|
* @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
|
|
* @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
|
|
* subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
|
|
* @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
|
|
* @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
|
|
* &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
|
|
* @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
|
|
* @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
|
|
* &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
|
|
* @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
|
|
* this variable determines its size
|
|
* @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
|
|
* any given scan
|
|
* @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
|
|
* the device can run concurrently.
|
|
* @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
|
|
* for in any given scheduled scan
|
|
* @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
|
|
* when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
|
|
* supported.
|
|
* @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
|
|
* add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
|
|
* include fixed IEs like supported rates
|
|
* @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
|
|
* scans
|
|
* @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
|
|
* of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
|
|
* @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
|
|
* single scan plan supported by the device.
|
|
* @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
|
|
* scan plan supported by the device.
|
|
* @coverage_class: current coverage class
|
|
* @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
|
|
* @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
|
|
* @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
|
|
* @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
|
|
* wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
|
|
* @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
|
|
*
|
|
* @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
|
|
* transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
|
|
* type
|
|
*
|
|
* @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
|
|
* configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
|
|
* rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
|
|
*
|
|
* @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
|
|
* configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
|
|
* rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
|
|
*
|
|
* @probe_resp_offload:
|
|
* Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
|
|
* See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
|
|
* when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
|
|
*
|
|
* @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
|
|
* may request, if implemented.
|
|
*
|
|
* @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
|
|
* @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
|
|
* used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
|
|
* to the suspend() operation instead.
|
|
*
|
|
* @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
|
|
* @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
|
|
* If null, then none can be over-ridden.
|
|
* @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
|
|
* If null, then none can be over-ridden.
|
|
*
|
|
* @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
|
|
* not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
|
|
*
|
|
* @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
|
|
* supports for ACL.
|
|
*
|
|
* @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
|
|
* additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
|
|
* the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
|
|
* and are in the same format as in the information element. See
|
|
* 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
|
|
* extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
|
|
* for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
|
|
* @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
|
|
* @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
|
|
* @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
|
|
* @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
|
|
* capabilities are specified separately.
|
|
* @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
|
|
*
|
|
* @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
|
|
* @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
|
|
* @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
|
|
* @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
|
|
*
|
|
* @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
|
|
* (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
|
|
* driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
|
|
* some cases, but may not always reach.
|
|
*
|
|
* @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
|
|
* and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver
|
|
* wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
|
|
* infinite.
|
|
* @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
|
|
* by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
|
|
* attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
|
|
*
|
|
* @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
|
|
* bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for
|
|
* NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
|
|
* (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
|
|
*
|
|
* @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
|
|
* @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
|
|
* @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
|
|
*
|
|
* @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using
|
|
* wake_tx_queue
|
|
*
|
|
* @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
|
|
* @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
|
|
* HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
|
|
* @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
|
|
*
|
|
* @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
|
|
*
|
|
* @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
|
|
* device has
|
|
* @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
|
|
* supported by the driver for each vif
|
|
* @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
|
|
* supported by the driver for each peer
|
|
* @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for
|
|
* long/short retry configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for
|
|
* configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and
|
|
* %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes
|
|
* @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities
|
|
* @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure
|
|
*
|
|
* @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver
|
|
* in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value
|
|
* by the driver to advertise MBSSID support.
|
|
* @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by
|
|
* the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the
|
|
* driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP).
|
|
* @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for
|
|
* configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by
|
|
* driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is
|
|
* NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with
|
|
* legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is
|
|
* CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports
|
|
* enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a
|
|
* non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping.
|
|
* A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver
|
|
* supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to
|
|
* specify a mac address).
|
|
*/
|
|
struct wiphy {
|
|
struct mutex mtx;
|
|
|
|
/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
|
|
|
|
u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
|
|
struct mac_address *addresses;
|
|
|
|
const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
|
|
|
|
const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
|
|
int n_iface_combinations;
|
|
u16 software_iftypes;
|
|
|
|
u16 n_addresses;
|
|
|
|
/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
|
|
u16 interface_modes;
|
|
|
|
u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
|
|
|
|
u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
|
|
u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
|
|
|
|
u32 ap_sme_capa;
|
|
|
|
enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
|
|
|
|
int bss_priv_size;
|
|
u8 max_scan_ssids;
|
|
u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
|
|
u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
|
|
u8 max_match_sets;
|
|
u16 max_scan_ie_len;
|
|
u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
|
|
u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
|
|
u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
|
|
u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
|
|
|
|
int n_cipher_suites;
|
|
const u32 *cipher_suites;
|
|
|
|
int n_akm_suites;
|
|
const u32 *akm_suites;
|
|
|
|
const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites;
|
|
unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites;
|
|
|
|
u8 retry_short;
|
|
u8 retry_long;
|
|
u32 frag_threshold;
|
|
u32 rts_threshold;
|
|
u8 coverage_class;
|
|
|
|
char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
|
|
u32 hw_version;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_PM
|
|
const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
|
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
|
|
|
|
u8 max_num_pmkids;
|
|
|
|
u32 available_antennas_tx;
|
|
u32 available_antennas_rx;
|
|
|
|
u32 probe_resp_offload;
|
|
|
|
const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
|
|
u8 extended_capabilities_len;
|
|
|
|
const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
|
|
unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
|
|
|
|
const void *privid;
|
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
|
|
|
|
void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct regulatory_request *request);
|
|
|
|
/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
|
|
|
|
const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
|
|
|
|
struct device dev;
|
|
|
|
bool registered;
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *debugfsdir;
|
|
|
|
const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
|
|
|
|
struct list_head wdev_list;
|
|
|
|
possible_net_t _net;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
|
|
const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
|
|
|
|
const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
|
|
const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
|
|
int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
|
|
|
|
u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
|
|
|
|
u8 max_num_csa_counters;
|
|
|
|
u32 bss_select_support;
|
|
|
|
u8 nan_supported_bands;
|
|
|
|
u32 txq_limit;
|
|
u32 txq_memory_limit;
|
|
u32 txq_quantum;
|
|
|
|
unsigned long tx_queue_len;
|
|
|
|
u8 support_mbssid:1,
|
|
support_only_he_mbssid:1;
|
|
|
|
const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
|
|
|
|
struct {
|
|
u64 peer, vif;
|
|
u8 max_retry;
|
|
} tid_config_support;
|
|
|
|
u8 max_data_retry_count;
|
|
|
|
const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa;
|
|
|
|
struct rfkill *rfkill;
|
|
|
|
u8 mbssid_max_interfaces;
|
|
u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity;
|
|
u16 max_num_akm_suites;
|
|
|
|
u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers;
|
|
|
|
char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
|
|
{
|
|
return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
|
|
{
|
|
write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
|
|
* Return: The priv of @wiphy.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
|
|
{
|
|
BUG_ON(!wiphy);
|
|
return &wiphy->priv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
|
|
*
|
|
* @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
|
|
* Return: The wiphy of @priv.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
|
|
{
|
|
BUG_ON(!priv);
|
|
return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
|
|
* @dev: The device to parent it to
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
|
|
{
|
|
wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
|
|
* Return: The dev of @wiphy.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
|
|
{
|
|
return wiphy->dev.parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_name - get wiphy name
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
|
|
* Return: The name of @wiphy.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
|
|
{
|
|
return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
|
|
*
|
|
* @ops: The configuration operations for this device
|
|
* @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
|
|
* @requested_name: Request a particular name.
|
|
* NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
|
|
*
|
|
* Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
|
|
* @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
|
|
* assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
|
|
const char *requested_name);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
|
|
*
|
|
* @ops: The configuration operations for this device
|
|
* @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
|
|
*
|
|
* Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
|
|
* @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
|
|
* assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
|
|
int sizeof_priv)
|
|
{
|
|
return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
|
|
*/
|
|
int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
|
|
/* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */
|
|
#define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx)
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
|
|
* @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
|
|
*
|
|
* Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock()
|
|
* or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference().
|
|
*/
|
|
#define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \
|
|
rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
|
|
* @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
|
|
*
|
|
* Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the
|
|
* READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \
|
|
rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from
|
|
*/
|
|
const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
|
|
*
|
|
* After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
|
|
* pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
|
|
* request that is being handled.
|
|
*/
|
|
void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_free - free wiphy
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy to free
|
|
*/
|
|
void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
|
|
/* internal structs */
|
|
struct cfg80211_conn;
|
|
struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
|
|
struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
|
|
struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to lock
|
|
*
|
|
* This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that
|
|
* aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking
|
|
* in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot
|
|
* differentiate which way it's called.
|
|
*
|
|
* It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes.
|
|
*
|
|
* When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued
|
|
* with wiphy_queue_work() are running.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
|
|
__acquires(&wiphy->mtx)
|
|
{
|
|
mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx);
|
|
__acquire(&wiphy->mtx);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
|
|
__releases(&wiphy->mtx)
|
|
{
|
|
__release(&wiphy->mtx);
|
|
mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct wiphy_work;
|
|
typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *);
|
|
|
|
struct wiphy_work {
|
|
struct list_head entry;
|
|
wiphy_work_func_t func;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work,
|
|
wiphy_work_func_t func)
|
|
{
|
|
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry);
|
|
work->func = func;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for
|
|
* @work: the work item
|
|
*
|
|
* This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work
|
|
* queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be
|
|
* held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running
|
|
* after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can
|
|
* use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires
|
|
* being in a section protected by wiphy_lock().
|
|
*/
|
|
void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
|
|
* @work: the work to cancel
|
|
*
|
|
* Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being
|
|
* called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
|
|
*/
|
|
void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
|
|
|
|
struct wiphy_delayed_work {
|
|
struct wiphy_work work;
|
|
struct wiphy *wiphy;
|
|
struct timer_list timer;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t);
|
|
|
|
static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork,
|
|
wiphy_work_func_t func)
|
|
{
|
|
timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0);
|
|
wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for
|
|
* @dwork: the delayable worker
|
|
* @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
|
|
*
|
|
* This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work
|
|
* queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be
|
|
* held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running
|
|
* after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can
|
|
* use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires
|
|
* being in a section protected by wiphy_lock().
|
|
*/
|
|
void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork,
|
|
unsigned long delay);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
|
|
* @dwork: the delayed work to cancel
|
|
*
|
|
* Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being
|
|
* called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
|
|
*/
|
|
void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
|
|
*
|
|
* For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
|
|
* that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
|
|
* is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
|
|
* It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
|
|
* be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device,
|
|
* however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or
|
|
* unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops
|
|
* called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.)
|
|
*
|
|
* For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
|
|
* in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
|
|
* there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
|
|
* allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
|
|
* @iftype: interface type
|
|
* @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211
|
|
* @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock
|
|
* for the notifier
|
|
* @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
|
|
* @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
|
|
* @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
|
|
* wireless device if it has no netdev
|
|
* @u: union containing data specific to @iftype
|
|
* @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode)
|
|
* @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
|
|
* @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
|
|
* @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
|
|
* @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
|
|
* @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
|
|
* @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
|
|
* @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
|
|
* @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
|
|
* @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
|
|
* @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
|
|
* @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
|
|
* @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
|
|
* @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
|
|
* @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
|
|
* set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
|
|
* netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
|
|
* by cfg80211 on change_interface
|
|
* @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
|
|
* @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated,
|
|
* need to propagate the update to the driver
|
|
* @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
|
|
* and some API functions require it held
|
|
* @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
|
|
* beacons, 0 when not valid
|
|
* @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
|
|
* @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
|
|
* the P2P Device.
|
|
* @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
|
|
* @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
|
|
* @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
|
|
* @ps: powersave mode is enabled
|
|
* @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
|
|
* @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
|
|
* registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
|
|
* @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
|
|
* @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
|
|
* @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
|
|
* @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
|
|
* @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
|
|
* @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
|
|
* @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
|
|
* @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
|
|
* @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
|
|
* @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
|
|
* @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
|
|
* @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
|
|
* @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
|
|
* @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
|
|
* @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last
|
|
* unprotected beacon report
|
|
* @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr
|
|
* @ap and @client for each link
|
|
* @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid
|
|
*/
|
|
struct wireless_dev {
|
|
struct wiphy *wiphy;
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
|
|
|
|
/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
|
|
struct list_head list;
|
|
struct net_device *netdev;
|
|
|
|
u32 identifier;
|
|
|
|
struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
|
|
u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1;
|
|
|
|
struct mutex mtx;
|
|
|
|
bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering;
|
|
|
|
u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
|
|
|
|
/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
|
|
struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
|
|
struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
|
|
enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
|
|
u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
|
|
|
|
struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
|
|
u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
|
|
struct list_head event_list;
|
|
spinlock_t event_lock;
|
|
|
|
u8 connected:1;
|
|
|
|
bool ps;
|
|
int ps_timeout;
|
|
|
|
u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
|
|
|
|
u32 owner_nlportid;
|
|
bool nl_owner_dead;
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */
|
|
bool cac_started;
|
|
unsigned long cac_start_time;
|
|
unsigned int cac_time_ms;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
|
|
/* wext data */
|
|
struct {
|
|
struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
|
|
struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
|
|
struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
|
|
const u8 *ie;
|
|
size_t ie_len;
|
|
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
|
|
s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
|
|
bool prev_bssid_valid;
|
|
} wext;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
|
|
|
|
struct list_head pmsr_list;
|
|
spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
|
|
struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
|
|
|
|
unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported;
|
|
|
|
union {
|
|
struct {
|
|
u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
|
|
u8 ssid_len;
|
|
} client;
|
|
struct {
|
|
int beacon_interval;
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
|
|
u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
|
|
u8 id_len, id_up_len;
|
|
} mesh;
|
|
struct {
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
|
|
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
|
|
u8 ssid_len;
|
|
} ap;
|
|
struct {
|
|
struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss;
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
|
|
int beacon_interval;
|
|
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
|
|
u8 ssid_len;
|
|
} ibss;
|
|
struct {
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
|
|
} ocb;
|
|
} u;
|
|
|
|
struct {
|
|
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
union {
|
|
struct {
|
|
unsigned int beacon_interval;
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
|
|
} ap;
|
|
struct {
|
|
struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss;
|
|
} client;
|
|
};
|
|
} links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
|
|
u16 valid_links;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wdev->netdev)
|
|
return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
|
|
return wdev->address;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wdev->netdev)
|
|
return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
|
|
return wdev->is_running;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
|
|
*
|
|
* @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
|
|
* Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
|
|
{
|
|
BUG_ON(!wdev);
|
|
return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev
|
|
* @wdev: the wdev
|
|
* @link_id: the link ID for MLO
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
unsigned int link_id);
|
|
|
|
static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
unsigned int link_id)
|
|
{
|
|
WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links);
|
|
WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links &&
|
|
!(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \
|
|
for (link_id = 0; \
|
|
link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \
|
|
ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \
|
|
link_id++) \
|
|
if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \
|
|
((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id)))
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Utility functions
|
|
*
|
|
* cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel
|
|
*
|
|
* @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel
|
|
* @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel
|
|
* Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline bool
|
|
ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *b)
|
|
{
|
|
return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq &&
|
|
a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz
|
|
* @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert
|
|
* Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz)
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline u32
|
|
ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
|
|
{
|
|
return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan
|
|
*
|
|
* Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ
|
|
* @chan: channel
|
|
* Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_chan_width
|
|
ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency
|
|
* @chan: channel number
|
|
* @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
|
|
* Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
|
|
*/
|
|
u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
|
|
* @chan: channel number
|
|
* @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
|
|
* Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline int
|
|
ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band)
|
|
{
|
|
return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
|
|
* @freq: center frequency in KHz
|
|
* Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
|
|
* @freq: center frequency in MHz
|
|
* Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline int
|
|
ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq)
|
|
{
|
|
return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified
|
|
* frequency
|
|
* @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
|
|
* @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel
|
|
* Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *
|
|
ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
|
|
* @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel
|
|
* Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline struct ieee80211_channel *
|
|
ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq)
|
|
{
|
|
return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC
|
|
* @chan: control channel to check
|
|
*
|
|
* The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in
|
|
* Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
|
|
{
|
|
if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
|
|
*
|
|
* @sband: the band to look for rates in
|
|
* @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
|
|
* @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
|
|
* is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
|
|
* which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
|
|
* rates in the band's bitrate table.
|
|
*/
|
|
const struct ieee80211_rate *
|
|
ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
|
|
u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
|
|
* @sband: the band to look for rates in
|
|
* @scan_width: width of the control channel
|
|
*
|
|
* This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
|
|
* band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
|
|
*/
|
|
u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
|
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
|
|
*
|
|
* Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
|
|
* Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct radiotap_align_size {
|
|
uint8_t align:4, size:4;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
|
|
const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
|
|
int n_bits;
|
|
uint32_t oui;
|
|
uint8_t subns;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
|
|
const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
|
|
int n_ns;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
|
|
* @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
|
|
* to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
|
|
* @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
|
|
* call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
|
|
* ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
|
|
* the beginning of the actual data portion
|
|
* @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
|
|
* @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
|
|
* (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
|
|
* @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
|
|
* radiotap namespace or not
|
|
*
|
|
* @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
|
|
* @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
|
|
* @_arg_index: next argument index
|
|
* @_arg: next argument pointer
|
|
* @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
|
|
* @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
|
|
* @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
|
|
* @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
|
|
* @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
|
|
* next bitmap word
|
|
*
|
|
* Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
|
|
* must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
|
|
struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
|
|
|
|
unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
|
|
__le32 *_next_bitmap;
|
|
|
|
unsigned char *this_arg;
|
|
int this_arg_index;
|
|
int this_arg_size;
|
|
|
|
int is_radiotap_ns;
|
|
|
|
int _max_length;
|
|
int _arg_index;
|
|
uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
|
|
int _reset_on_ext;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
|
|
struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
|
|
int max_length,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
|
|
|
|
|
|
extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
|
|
extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
|
|
*
|
|
* @skb: the frame
|
|
*
|
|
* Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
|
|
* returns the 802.11 header length.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
|
|
* headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
|
|
* 802.11 header.
|
|
*/
|
|
unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
|
|
* @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
|
|
* Return: The header length in bytes.
|
|
*/
|
|
unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
|
|
* @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
|
|
* (first byte) will be accessed
|
|
* Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
|
|
* least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
|
|
*/
|
|
unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Data path helpers
|
|
*
|
|
* In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
|
|
* functions that help implement the data path for devices
|
|
* that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
|
|
* @skb: the 802.11 data frame
|
|
* @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
|
|
* of it being pushed into the SKB
|
|
* @addr: the device MAC address
|
|
* @iftype: the virtual interface type
|
|
* @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
|
|
* @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU
|
|
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
|
|
const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
|
|
u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
|
|
* @skb: the 802.11 data frame
|
|
* @addr: the device MAC address
|
|
* @iftype: the virtual interface type
|
|
* Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
|
|
{
|
|
return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid
|
|
*
|
|
* This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated
|
|
* by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the
|
|
* mesh control field.
|
|
*
|
|
* @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
|
|
* @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test
|
|
* 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field
|
|
* 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field
|
|
* 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field
|
|
* Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode
|
|
*/
|
|
bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
|
|
*
|
|
* Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
|
|
* The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
|
|
* header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
|
|
*
|
|
* @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
|
|
* @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
|
|
* initialized by the caller.
|
|
* @addr: The device MAC address.
|
|
* @iftype: The device interface type.
|
|
* @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
|
|
* @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
|
|
* @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
|
|
* @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
|
|
const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
|
|
const unsigned int extra_headroom,
|
|
const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa,
|
|
u8 mesh_control);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol
|
|
*
|
|
* Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated
|
|
* protocol.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload
|
|
* @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol
|
|
* Return: true if encapsulation was found
|
|
*/
|
|
bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames
|
|
*
|
|
* Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part
|
|
* of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh
|
|
* header to the ethernet header (if present).
|
|
*
|
|
* @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header
|
|
*/
|
|
int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
|
|
* @skb: the data frame
|
|
* @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
|
|
* Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
|
|
*/
|
|
unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
|
|
struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
|
|
*
|
|
* @eid: element ID
|
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
|
|
* @len: length of data
|
|
* @match: byte array to match
|
|
* @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
|
|
* @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
|
|
* Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
|
|
* the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
|
|
* the data portion instead.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
|
|
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
|
|
* data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
|
|
* requested element struct.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
|
|
* having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
|
|
* byte array to match.
|
|
*/
|
|
const struct element *
|
|
cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
|
|
const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
|
|
unsigned int match_offset);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
|
|
*
|
|
* @eid: element ID
|
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
|
|
* @len: length of data
|
|
* @match: byte array to match
|
|
* @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
|
|
* @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
|
|
* If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
|
|
* Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
|
|
* byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
|
|
* the second byte is the IE length.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
|
|
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
|
|
* data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
|
|
* byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
|
|
* element ID.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
|
|
* having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
|
|
* byte array to match.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const u8 *
|
|
cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
|
|
const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
|
|
unsigned int match_offset)
|
|
{
|
|
/* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
|
|
* zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
|
|
(!match_len && match_offset)))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
|
|
match, match_len,
|
|
match_offset ?
|
|
match_offset - 2 : 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
|
|
*
|
|
* @eid: element ID
|
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
|
|
* @len: length of data
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
|
|
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
|
|
* data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
|
|
* requested element struct.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
|
|
* having to fit into the given data.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const struct element *
|
|
cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
|
|
{
|
|
return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
|
|
*
|
|
* @eid: element ID
|
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
|
|
* @len: length of data
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
|
|
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
|
|
* data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
|
|
* element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
|
|
* having to fit into the given data.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
|
|
{
|
|
return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
|
|
*
|
|
* @ext_eid: element ID Extension
|
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
|
|
* @len: length of data
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
|
|
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
|
|
* data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
|
|
* requested element struct.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
|
|
* having to fit into the given data.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const struct element *
|
|
cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
|
|
{
|
|
return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
|
|
&ext_eid, 1, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
|
|
*
|
|
* @ext_eid: element ID Extension
|
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
|
|
* @len: length of data
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
|
|
* the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
|
|
* data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
|
|
* element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
|
|
* having to fit into the given data.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
|
|
{
|
|
return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
|
|
&ext_eid, 1, 2);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
|
|
*
|
|
* @oui: vendor OUI
|
|
* @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
|
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
|
|
* @len: length of data
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
|
|
* element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
|
|
* return the element structure for the requested element.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
|
|
* the given data.
|
|
*/
|
|
const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
|
|
const u8 *ies,
|
|
unsigned int len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
|
|
*
|
|
* @oui: vendor OUI
|
|
* @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
|
|
* @ies: data consisting of IEs
|
|
* @len: length of data
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
|
|
* element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
|
|
* the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
|
|
* element ID.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
|
|
* the given data.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const u8 *
|
|
cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
|
|
const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
|
|
{
|
|
return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* @elem: the element to defragment
|
|
* @ies: elements where @elem is contained
|
|
* @ieslen: length of @ies
|
|
* @data: buffer to store element data
|
|
* @data_len: length of @data
|
|
* @frag_id: the element ID of fragments
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error
|
|
*
|
|
* Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while
|
|
* skipping all headers.
|
|
*
|
|
* The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an
|
|
* element in-place.
|
|
*/
|
|
ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies,
|
|
size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len,
|
|
u8 frag_id);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
|
|
*
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @addr: STA MAC address
|
|
*
|
|
* Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
|
|
* devices upon STA association.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
|
|
*
|
|
* TODO
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
|
|
* @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
|
|
* conflicts)
|
|
* @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
|
|
* should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
|
|
* set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
|
|
* alpha2.
|
|
*
|
|
* Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
|
|
* what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
|
|
* giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
|
|
* domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
|
|
* If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
|
|
* for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
|
|
*
|
|
* The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
|
|
* For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
|
|
* for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
|
|
*
|
|
* Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
|
|
* an -ENOMEM.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
|
|
*/
|
|
int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
|
|
* @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
|
|
* @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
|
|
*
|
|
* Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
|
|
* may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
|
|
* information.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
|
|
*/
|
|
int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers
|
|
* @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
|
|
* @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
|
|
*
|
|
* This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and
|
|
* applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details
|
|
* see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
|
|
*/
|
|
int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
|
|
* @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
|
|
* @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
|
|
*
|
|
* Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
|
|
* to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
|
|
* domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
|
|
* custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
|
|
* default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
|
|
* channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
|
|
* Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
|
|
* REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
|
|
* that called this helper.
|
|
*/
|
|
void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
|
|
* @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
|
|
*
|
|
* Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
|
|
* a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
|
|
* it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
|
|
* and processed already.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
|
|
* can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
|
|
* check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
|
|
* value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
|
|
* have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
|
|
* See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
|
|
* purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
|
|
*/
|
|
const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
u32 center_freq);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
|
|
* @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
|
|
*
|
|
* You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
|
|
* proper string representation.
|
|
*/
|
|
const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
|
|
* @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
|
|
*
|
|
* Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
|
|
*/
|
|
bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
|
|
*
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
|
|
* Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
|
|
*
|
|
* @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
|
|
* @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
|
|
* @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
|
|
*
|
|
* Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query
|
|
* the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
|
|
* ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
|
|
*
|
|
* Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
|
|
* an -ENODATA.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
|
|
*/
|
|
int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
|
|
struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
|
|
* functions and BSS handling helpers
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
|
|
*
|
|
* @request: the corresponding scan request
|
|
* @info: information about the completed scan
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
|
|
struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
|
|
* @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
|
|
* @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
|
|
*
|
|
* The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
|
|
* scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
|
|
* is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
|
|
* @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
|
|
*
|
|
* The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
|
|
* scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
|
|
* is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
|
|
* This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
|
|
* @data: the BSS metadata
|
|
* @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
|
|
* @len: length of the management frame
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
|
|
* the BSS should be updated/added.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
|
|
* Or %NULL on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
|
|
cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
|
|
struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
|
|
cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
|
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
|
|
struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
|
|
s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
|
|
.chan = rx_channel,
|
|
.scan_width = scan_width,
|
|
.signal = signal,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
|
|
cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
|
|
struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
|
|
s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
|
|
.chan = rx_channel,
|
|
.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
|
|
.signal = signal,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
|
|
* @bssid: transmitter BSSID
|
|
* @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
|
|
* @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
|
|
* @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
|
|
u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
|
|
{
|
|
u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
|
|
u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
|
|
u64 new_bssid_u64;
|
|
|
|
new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
|
|
|
|
new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
|
|
|
|
u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
|
|
* @element: element to check
|
|
* @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
|
|
*/
|
|
bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
|
|
const struct element *non_inherit_element);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
|
|
* @ie: ies
|
|
* @ielen: length of IEs
|
|
* @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
|
|
* @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
|
|
* @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
|
|
* @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
|
|
*/
|
|
size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
|
|
const struct element *mbssid_elem,
|
|
const struct element *sub_elem,
|
|
u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
|
|
* @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
|
|
* from a beacon or probe response
|
|
* @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
|
|
* @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
|
|
*/
|
|
enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
|
|
CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
|
|
CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
|
|
CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies
|
|
* @ie: IEs
|
|
* @ielen: length of IEs
|
|
* @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined.
|
|
*/
|
|
int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
|
|
enum nl80211_band band);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
|
|
* @data: the BSS metadata
|
|
* @ftype: frame type (if known)
|
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
|
|
* @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
|
|
* @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
|
|
* @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
|
|
* @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
|
|
* @ielen: length of the additional IEs
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
|
|
* the BSS should be updated/added.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
|
|
* Or %NULL on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
|
|
cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
|
|
enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
|
|
const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
|
|
u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
|
|
cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
|
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
|
|
enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
|
|
const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
|
|
u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
|
|
s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
|
|
.chan = rx_channel,
|
|
.scan_width = scan_width,
|
|
.signal = signal,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
|
|
capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
|
|
gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
|
|
cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
|
|
enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
|
|
const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
|
|
u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
|
|
s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
|
|
.chan = rx_channel,
|
|
.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
|
|
.signal = signal,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
|
|
capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
|
|
gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
|
|
* @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
|
|
* @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
|
|
* @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
|
|
* @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
|
|
* @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
|
|
* @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
|
|
const u8 *bssid,
|
|
const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
|
|
enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
|
|
enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
|
|
static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
|
|
cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
|
|
const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
|
|
{
|
|
return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
|
|
IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
|
|
IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
|
|
* @bss: the BSS struct to reference
|
|
*
|
|
* Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
|
|
* @bss: the BSS struct
|
|
*
|
|
* Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @bss: the bss to remove
|
|
*
|
|
* This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
|
|
* thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
|
|
* function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
|
|
* out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
|
|
*
|
|
* This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
|
|
* and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
|
|
* allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
|
|
* of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
|
|
* @iter: the iterator function to call
|
|
* @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
|
|
void *data),
|
|
void *iter_data);
|
|
|
|
static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
|
|
cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (chandef->width) {
|
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
|
|
return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
|
|
case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
|
|
return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
|
|
default:
|
|
return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
|
|
* @len: length of the frame data
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
|
|
* deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
|
|
* After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
|
|
* call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
|
|
* After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
|
|
* call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
|
|
* While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
|
|
* disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
|
|
* because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
|
|
* cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
|
|
*
|
|
* This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
|
|
* mutex.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - association response data
|
|
* @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
|
|
* moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp()
|
|
* @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
|
|
* @len: length of the frame data
|
|
* @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
|
|
* as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
|
|
* @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
|
|
* @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
|
|
* @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO)
|
|
* @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for
|
|
* non-MLO connections
|
|
* @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that
|
|
* were rejected by the AP.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp {
|
|
const u8 *buf;
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
const u8 *req_ies;
|
|
size_t req_ies_len;
|
|
int uapsd_queues;
|
|
const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
|
|
struct {
|
|
const u8 *addr;
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
|
|
u16 status;
|
|
} links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp
|
|
*
|
|
* After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
|
|
* call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
|
|
*
|
|
* This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp *data);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data
|
|
* @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL
|
|
* @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections
|
|
* (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL)
|
|
* @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise
|
|
* the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some
|
|
* other API (e.g. deauth RX)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_assoc_failure {
|
|
const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
|
|
bool timeout;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @data: data describing the association failure
|
|
*
|
|
* This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
|
|
* @len: length of the frame data
|
|
* @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute)
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
|
|
* station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
|
|
* locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
|
|
* corresponding wdev's mutex.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
|
|
bool reconnect);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @buf: received management frame (header + body)
|
|
* @len: length of the frame data
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
|
|
* frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
|
|
* frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon
|
|
* frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while
|
|
* beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
|
|
*
|
|
* This function may sleep.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *buf, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
|
|
* @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
|
|
* @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
|
|
* @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
|
|
* received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
|
|
* primitive.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
|
|
enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
|
|
const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
|
|
*
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
|
|
* @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
|
|
* switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
|
|
* either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
|
|
* the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
|
|
* with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
|
|
* always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer
|
|
* candidate
|
|
*
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
|
|
* @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
|
|
* @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
|
|
* @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
|
|
* detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
|
|
* cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
|
|
int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: RFkill integration
|
|
*
|
|
* RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
|
|
* as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
|
|
* wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
|
|
* into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
|
|
* expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
|
|
*
|
|
* However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
|
|
* also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
|
|
* They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @blocked: block status
|
|
* @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons
|
|
*/
|
|
void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked,
|
|
enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason);
|
|
|
|
static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked)
|
|
{
|
|
wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked,
|
|
RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
*/
|
|
void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy)
|
|
{
|
|
rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Vendor commands
|
|
*
|
|
* Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
|
|
* can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
|
|
* vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
|
|
* (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
|
|
* the configuration mechanism.
|
|
*
|
|
* A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
|
|
* in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
|
|
* OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
|
|
* features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
|
|
* it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
|
|
* "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
|
|
* managers etc. need.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
enum nl80211_commands cmd,
|
|
enum nl80211_attrs attr,
|
|
int approxlen);
|
|
|
|
struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
enum nl80211_commands cmd,
|
|
enum nl80211_attrs attr,
|
|
unsigned int portid,
|
|
int vendor_event_idx,
|
|
int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
|
|
* be put into the skb
|
|
*
|
|
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
|
|
* a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
|
|
* it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
|
|
*
|
|
* The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
|
|
* a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
|
|
* nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
|
|
* with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
|
|
* which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
|
|
* You must not modify the skb in any other way.
|
|
*
|
|
* When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
|
|
* its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline struct sk_buff *
|
|
cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
|
|
{
|
|
return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
|
|
* @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
|
|
* cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
|
|
*
|
|
* Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
|
|
* before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
|
|
* return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
|
|
* skb regardless of the return value.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: An error code or 0 on success.
|
|
*/
|
|
int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
*
|
|
* Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
|
|
* Valid to call only there.
|
|
*/
|
|
unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @wdev: the wireless device
|
|
* @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
|
|
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
|
|
* be put into the skb
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
|
|
* vendor-specific multicast group.
|
|
*
|
|
* If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
|
|
* wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
|
|
* attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
|
|
* skb to send the event.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline struct sk_buff *
|
|
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
|
|
0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @wdev: the wireless device
|
|
* @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
|
|
* @portid: port ID of the receiver
|
|
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
|
|
* be put into the skb
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
|
|
* a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
|
|
* obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
|
|
* care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
|
|
*
|
|
* If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
|
|
* wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
|
|
* attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
|
|
* skb to send the event.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline struct sk_buff *
|
|
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
|
|
int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
|
|
portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
|
|
* @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
|
|
* by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Test mode
|
|
*
|
|
* Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
|
|
* interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
|
|
* factory programming.
|
|
*
|
|
* This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
|
|
* information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
|
|
* be put into the skb
|
|
*
|
|
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
|
|
* the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
|
|
* it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
|
|
*
|
|
* The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
|
|
* a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
|
|
* nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
|
|
* with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
|
|
* which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
|
|
* must not modify the skb in any other way.
|
|
*
|
|
* When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
|
|
* its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline struct sk_buff *
|
|
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
|
|
{
|
|
return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
|
|
* @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
|
|
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
|
|
*
|
|
* Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
|
|
* before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
|
|
* the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
|
|
* regardless of the return value.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: An error code or 0 on success.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
|
|
{
|
|
return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
|
|
* be put into the skb
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
|
|
* testmode multicast group.
|
|
*
|
|
* The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
|
|
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
|
|
* there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
|
|
* in any other way.
|
|
*
|
|
* When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
|
|
* skb to send the event.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline struct sk_buff *
|
|
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
|
|
approxlen, gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
|
|
* @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
|
|
* cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
|
|
* by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
|
|
* consumes it.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
|
|
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
|
|
#else
|
|
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
|
|
#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
|
|
* @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
|
|
* @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
|
|
* @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
|
|
* @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
|
|
* @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
|
|
* FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
|
|
* status for a FILS connection.
|
|
* @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
|
|
* @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
|
|
* @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
|
|
* used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
|
|
const u8 *kek;
|
|
size_t kek_len;
|
|
bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
|
|
u16 erp_next_seq_num;
|
|
const u8 *pmk;
|
|
size_t pmk_len;
|
|
const u8 *pmkid;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
|
|
* @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
|
|
* %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
|
|
* the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
|
|
* failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
|
|
* from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
|
|
* indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
|
|
* @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
|
|
* case.
|
|
* @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
|
|
* @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
|
|
* @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
|
|
* @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
|
|
* @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
|
|
* @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
|
|
* connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
|
|
* the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
|
|
* not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
|
|
* failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
|
|
* This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
|
|
* @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise
|
|
* zero.
|
|
* @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL.
|
|
* @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated
|
|
* using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the
|
|
* connected AP info.
|
|
* @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise
|
|
* %NULL.
|
|
* @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO
|
|
* connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL).
|
|
* @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected.
|
|
* For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA
|
|
* is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be
|
|
* %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and
|
|
* hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning
|
|
* if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers
|
|
* implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs
|
|
* to be specified.
|
|
* @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not
|
|
* %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the
|
|
* @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
|
|
int status;
|
|
const u8 *req_ie;
|
|
size_t req_ie_len;
|
|
const u8 *resp_ie;
|
|
size_t resp_ie_len;
|
|
struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
|
|
enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
|
|
|
|
const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
|
|
u16 valid_links;
|
|
struct {
|
|
const u8 *addr;
|
|
const u8 *bssid;
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
|
|
u16 status;
|
|
} links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
|
|
*
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @params: connection response parameters
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
|
|
* request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
|
|
* parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
|
|
* and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
|
|
*
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
|
|
* @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
|
|
* cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
|
|
* bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
|
|
* through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
|
|
* connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
|
|
* Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
|
|
* @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
|
|
* @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
|
|
* @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
|
|
* @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
|
|
* @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
|
|
* %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
|
|
* the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
|
|
* failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
|
|
* from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
|
|
* indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
|
|
* @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
|
|
* case.
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
* @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
|
|
* connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
|
|
* the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
|
|
* not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
|
|
* failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
|
|
* This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
|
|
*
|
|
* It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
|
|
* request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
|
|
* entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void
|
|
cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
|
|
size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
|
|
size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
|
|
enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
|
|
{
|
|
struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
|
|
|
|
memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params));
|
|
params.status = status;
|
|
params.links[0].bssid = bssid;
|
|
params.links[0].bss = bss;
|
|
params.req_ie = req_ie;
|
|
params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
|
|
params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
|
|
params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
|
|
params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
|
|
|
|
cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
|
|
*
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
|
|
* @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
|
|
* @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
|
|
* @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
|
|
* @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
|
|
* @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
|
|
* %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
|
|
* the real status code for failures.
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
|
|
* request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
|
|
* one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void
|
|
cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
|
|
const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
|
|
const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
|
|
u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
|
|
resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
|
|
NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
|
|
*
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
|
|
* @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
|
|
* @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
* @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
|
|
*
|
|
* It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
|
|
* in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
|
|
* received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
|
|
* out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
|
|
* waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void
|
|
cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
|
|
const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
|
|
enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
|
|
{
|
|
cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
|
|
gfp, timeout_reason);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
|
|
*
|
|
* @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
|
|
* @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
|
|
* @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
|
|
* @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
|
|
* @fils: FILS related roaming information.
|
|
* @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set.
|
|
* Otherwise zero.
|
|
* @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL.
|
|
* @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in
|
|
* @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info.
|
|
* @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL.
|
|
* @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO
|
|
* roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be
|
|
* %NULL if %links.bss is set.
|
|
* @links.channel: the channel of the new AP.
|
|
* @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got
|
|
* roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to
|
|
* which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_roam_info {
|
|
const u8 *req_ie;
|
|
size_t req_ie_len;
|
|
const u8 *resp_ie;
|
|
size_t resp_ie_len;
|
|
struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
|
|
|
|
const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
|
|
u16 valid_links;
|
|
struct {
|
|
const u8 *addr;
|
|
const u8 *bssid;
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
|
|
struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
|
|
} links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
|
|
*
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
|
|
* new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
|
|
* It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
|
|
* to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
|
|
* firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
|
|
* the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
|
|
* time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
|
|
* rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
|
|
* either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
|
|
* released while disconnecting from the current bss.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
|
|
*
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
|
|
* @td_bitmap: transition disable policy
|
|
* @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
|
|
* offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
|
|
* the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
|
|
* should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
|
|
* cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
|
|
* indicate the 802.11 association.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
|
|
const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
|
|
*
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
|
|
* @ie_len: length of IEs
|
|
* @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
|
|
* @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
|
|
* and not try to connect to any AP any more.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
|
|
const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
|
|
bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
|
|
* @wdev: wireless device
|
|
* @cookie: the request cookie
|
|
* @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
|
|
* @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
|
|
* channel
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
|
|
unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
|
|
* @wdev: wireless device
|
|
* @cookie: the request cookie
|
|
* @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
|
|
* @wdev: wireless device
|
|
* @cookie: the requested cookie
|
|
* @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sinfo: the station information
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
|
|
* @sinfo: the station information
|
|
*
|
|
* Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
|
|
* information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
|
|
* the stack.)
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
|
|
{
|
|
kfree(sinfo->pertid);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
|
|
*
|
|
* @dev: the netdev
|
|
* @mac_addr: the station's address
|
|
* @sinfo: the station information
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
|
|
struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
|
|
* @dev: the netdev
|
|
* @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used.
|
|
* @sinfo: the station information/statistics
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
|
|
struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
|
|
*
|
|
* @dev: the netdev
|
|
* @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used.
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
|
|
*
|
|
* @dev: the netdev
|
|
* @mac_addr: the station's address
|
|
* @reason: the reason for connection failure
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
|
|
* could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
|
|
* for some reasons, this function is called.
|
|
*
|
|
* The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
|
|
* nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
|
|
enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info
|
|
*
|
|
* @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz
|
|
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
|
|
* @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of
|
|
* an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid
|
|
* @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on
|
|
* @buf: Management frame (header + body)
|
|
* @len: length of the frame data
|
|
* @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
|
|
* @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds
|
|
* @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_rx_info {
|
|
int freq;
|
|
int sig_dbm;
|
|
bool have_link_id;
|
|
u8 link_id;
|
|
const u8 *buf;
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
u64 rx_tstamp;
|
|
u64 ack_tstamp;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info
|
|
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
|
|
* @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
|
|
* mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
|
|
* For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
|
|
* action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
|
|
* driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_rx_info *info);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
|
|
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
|
|
* @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz
|
|
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
|
|
* @buf: Management frame (header + body)
|
|
* @len: length of the frame data
|
|
* @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
|
|
* mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
|
|
* For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
|
|
* action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
|
|
* driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
|
|
int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
|
|
u32 flags)
|
|
{
|
|
struct cfg80211_rx_info info = {
|
|
.freq = freq,
|
|
.sig_dbm = sig_dbm,
|
|
.buf = buf,
|
|
.len = len,
|
|
.flags = flags
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
|
|
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
|
|
* @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
|
|
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
|
|
* @buf: Management frame (header + body)
|
|
* @len: length of the frame data
|
|
* @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
|
|
* mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
|
|
* For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
|
|
* action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
|
|
* driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
|
|
int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
|
|
u32 flags)
|
|
{
|
|
struct cfg80211_rx_info info = {
|
|
.freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
|
|
.sig_dbm = sig_dbm,
|
|
.buf = buf,
|
|
.len = len,
|
|
.flags = flags
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information
|
|
*
|
|
* @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
|
|
* @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds
|
|
* @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds
|
|
* @buf: Management frame (header + body)
|
|
* @len: length of the frame data
|
|
* @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_tx_status {
|
|
u64 cookie;
|
|
u64 tx_tstamp;
|
|
u64 ack_tstamp;
|
|
const u8 *buf;
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
bool ack;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info
|
|
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
|
|
* @status: TX status data
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
|
|
* transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
|
|
* transmission attempt with extended info.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
|
|
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
|
|
* @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
|
|
* @buf: Management frame (header + body)
|
|
* @len: length of the frame data
|
|
* @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
|
|
* transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
|
|
* transmission attempt.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
u64 cookie, const u8 *buf,
|
|
size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
struct cfg80211_tx_status status = {
|
|
.cookie = cookie,
|
|
.buf = buf,
|
|
.len = len,
|
|
.ack = ack
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control
|
|
* port frames
|
|
* @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
|
|
* @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port()
|
|
* @buf: Data frame (header + body)
|
|
* @len: length of the frame data
|
|
* @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be
|
|
* transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of
|
|
* the transmission attempt.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
|
|
const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
|
|
* @dev: The device the frame matched to
|
|
* @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf
|
|
* is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear.
|
|
* This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
|
|
* responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that
|
|
* skb->protocol is set appropriately.
|
|
* @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
|
|
* @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
|
|
* frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
|
|
* control port frames over nl80211.
|
|
*
|
|
* The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
|
|
* network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
|
|
*/
|
|
bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb,
|
|
bool unencrypted, int link_id);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
|
|
* @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
|
|
* rssi threshold reached event occurs.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
|
|
s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @peer: peer's MAC address
|
|
* @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
|
|
* but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
|
|
* threshold (to account for temporary interference)
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @peer: peer's MAC address
|
|
* @num_packets: how many packets were lost
|
|
* @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
|
|
* @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
|
|
* given interval is exceeded.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
|
|
u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @chandef: chandef for the current channel
|
|
* @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
|
|
*/
|
|
void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
bool offchan, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
static inline void
|
|
cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
__cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline void
|
|
cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
gfp_t gfp)
|
|
{
|
|
__cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
|
|
* @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
|
|
* frame.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
|
|
struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
|
|
* @netdev: network device
|
|
* @chandef: chandef for the current channel
|
|
* @event: type of event
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
|
|
* or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
|
|
* also by full-MAC drivers.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
|
|
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check
|
|
* (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
|
|
* @replay_ctr: new replay counter
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
|
|
const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
|
|
* @bssid: BSSID of AP
|
|
* @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
|
|
const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
|
|
* @dev: The device the frame matched to
|
|
* @addr: the transmitter address
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
|
|
* a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
|
|
* sender.
|
|
* Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
|
|
* for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
|
|
*/
|
|
bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
|
|
* @dev: The device the frame matched to
|
|
* @addr: the transmitter address
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
|
|
* an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
|
|
* It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
|
|
* station to avoid event flooding.
|
|
* Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
|
|
* for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
|
|
*/
|
|
bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
|
|
* @dev: the device the probe was sent on
|
|
* @addr: the address of the peer
|
|
* @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
|
|
* @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
|
|
* @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
|
|
* @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
|
|
u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
|
|
bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs
|
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
|
|
* @frame: the frame
|
|
* @len: length of the frame
|
|
* @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz
|
|
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
|
|
*
|
|
* Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
|
|
* received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
|
|
* netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame,
|
|
size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
|
|
* @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
|
|
* @frame: the frame
|
|
* @len: length of the frame
|
|
* @freq: frequency the frame was received on
|
|
* @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
|
|
*
|
|
* Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
|
|
* received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
|
|
* netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
const u8 *frame, size_t len,
|
|
int freq, int sig_dbm)
|
|
{
|
|
cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
|
|
sig_dbm);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @chandef: the channel definition
|
|
* @iftype: interface type
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
|
|
* can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
|
|
*/
|
|
bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @chandef: the channel definition
|
|
* @iftype: interface type
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
|
|
* can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
|
|
* also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
|
|
* more permissive conditions.
|
|
*
|
|
* Requires the wiphy mutex to be held.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
|
|
* @dev: the device which switched channels
|
|
* @chandef: the new channel definition
|
|
* @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO
|
|
* @punct_bitmap: the new puncturing bitmap
|
|
*
|
|
* Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
|
|
* driver context!
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
unsigned int link_id, u16 punct_bitmap);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
|
|
* @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
|
|
* @chandef: the future channel definition
|
|
* @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO
|
|
* @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
|
|
* @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP
|
|
* @punct_bitmap: the future puncturing bitmap
|
|
*
|
|
* Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
|
|
* started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
|
|
* channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
unsigned int link_id, u8 count,
|
|
bool quiet, u16 punct_bitmap);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
|
|
*
|
|
* @operating_class: the operating class to convert
|
|
* @band: band pointer to fill
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
|
|
enum nl80211_band *band);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
|
|
*
|
|
* @chandef: the chandef to convert
|
|
* @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
u8 *op_class);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz
|
|
*
|
|
* @chandef: the chandef to convert
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline u32
|
|
ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
|
|
{
|
|
return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
|
|
* @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
|
|
* @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
|
|
* @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
|
|
* NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
|
|
* @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
|
|
* requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
|
|
* connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
|
|
* if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
|
|
* based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
|
|
enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
|
|
u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
|
|
* @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
|
|
*
|
|
* return 0 if MCS index >= 32
|
|
*/
|
|
u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
|
|
* @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
|
|
*
|
|
* This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary
|
|
* to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device
|
|
* by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called
|
|
* when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device
|
|
* is unbound from the driver.
|
|
*
|
|
* Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev
|
|
* @dev: the netdev to register
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
|
|
* than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is
|
|
* held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable
|
|
* instead as well.
|
|
*
|
|
* Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
|
|
*/
|
|
int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev
|
|
* @dev: the netdev to register
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
|
|
* than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL
|
|
* is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are
|
|
* usable instead as well.
|
|
*
|
|
* Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
{
|
|
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
|
|
cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements
|
|
* @ies: FT IEs
|
|
* @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
|
|
* @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
|
|
* @ric_ies: RIC IE
|
|
* @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
|
|
const u8 *ies;
|
|
size_t ies_len;
|
|
const u8 *target_ap;
|
|
const u8 *ric_ies;
|
|
size_t ric_ies_len;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
|
|
* @netdev: network device
|
|
* @ft_event: IE information
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
|
|
* @ies: the input IE buffer
|
|
* @len: the input length
|
|
* @attr: the attribute ID to find
|
|
* @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
|
|
* if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
|
|
* @bufsize: size of the output buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
|
|
* copies its contents to the given buffer.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
|
|
* malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
|
|
* length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
|
|
*/
|
|
int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
|
|
enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
|
|
u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
|
|
* @ies: the IE buffer
|
|
* @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
|
|
* @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
|
|
* the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
|
|
* EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
|
|
* @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
|
|
* @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
|
|
* @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
|
|
* @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
|
|
* variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
|
|
* split.
|
|
*
|
|
* It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
|
|
* has to be guaranteed by the caller!
|
|
*
|
|
* It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
|
|
* correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
|
|
* be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
|
|
*
|
|
* The function returns the offset where the next part of the
|
|
* buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
|
|
* of the buffer should be used.
|
|
*/
|
|
size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
|
|
const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
|
|
const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
|
|
size_t offset);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
|
|
* @ies: the IE buffer
|
|
* @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
|
|
* @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
|
|
* the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
|
|
* EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
|
|
* @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
|
|
* @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
|
|
* variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
|
|
* split.
|
|
*
|
|
* It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
|
|
* has to be guaranteed by the caller!
|
|
*
|
|
* It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
|
|
* correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
|
|
* be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
|
|
*
|
|
* The function returns the offset where the next part of the
|
|
* buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
|
|
* of the buffer should be used.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
|
|
const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
|
|
{
|
|
return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
|
|
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
|
|
* @wakeup: the wakeup report
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
|
|
* caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
|
|
* pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
|
|
* else caused the wakeup.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
|
|
*
|
|
* @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
|
|
* operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
|
|
* by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
|
|
*/
|
|
unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @params: the interface combinations parameter
|
|
*
|
|
* This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
|
|
* combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
|
|
* the interface combinations.
|
|
*/
|
|
int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct iface_combination_params *params);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @params: the interface combinations parameter
|
|
* @iter: function to call for each matching combination
|
|
* @data: pointer to pass to iter function
|
|
*
|
|
* This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
|
|
* combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
|
|
* purposes.
|
|
*/
|
|
int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
struct iface_combination_params *params,
|
|
void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
|
|
void *data),
|
|
void *data);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @wdev: wireless device
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
|
|
* disconnected.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
|
|
*
|
|
* This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
|
|
* calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
|
|
* It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
|
|
* that really can't be recovered in any other way.
|
|
*
|
|
* Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
|
|
* the driver while the function is running.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
|
|
* @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
|
|
*
|
|
* The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
|
|
* &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
|
|
{
|
|
u8 *ft_byte;
|
|
|
|
ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
|
|
*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
|
|
* @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
|
|
*
|
|
* The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
|
|
* &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline bool
|
|
wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
|
|
enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
|
|
{
|
|
u8 ft_byte;
|
|
|
|
ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
|
|
return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
|
|
* @f: NAN function that should be freed
|
|
*
|
|
* Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
|
|
* @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
|
|
* %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
|
|
* If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
|
|
* result.
|
|
* If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
|
|
* @inst_id: the local instance id
|
|
* @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
|
|
* @addr: the MAC address of the peer
|
|
* @info_len: the length of the &info
|
|
* @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
|
|
* @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
|
|
*/
|
|
struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
|
|
enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
|
|
u8 inst_id;
|
|
u8 peer_inst_id;
|
|
const u8 *addr;
|
|
u8 info_len;
|
|
const u8 *info;
|
|
u64 cookie;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
|
|
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
|
|
* @match: match notification parameters
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
|
|
* can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
|
|
* was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
|
|
*
|
|
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
|
|
* @inst_id: the local instance id
|
|
* @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
|
|
* @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
u8 inst_id,
|
|
enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
|
|
u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/* ethtool helper */
|
|
void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
|
|
* @netdev: network device
|
|
* @params: External authentication parameters
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
* Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
|
|
*/
|
|
int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
|
|
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
|
|
* @req: the original measurement request
|
|
* @result: the result data
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
|
|
* @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
|
|
* @req: the original measurement request
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
|
|
* the request pointer will no longer be valid.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
* @iftype: interface type
|
|
* @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
|
|
* @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
|
|
*
|
|
* Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
|
|
* can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
|
|
* check_swif is '1'.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
|
|
bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was
|
|
* temporarly rejected with a comeback
|
|
* @netdev: network device
|
|
* @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the assocation
|
|
* @timeout: timeout interval value TUs.
|
|
*
|
|
* this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev,
|
|
const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout);
|
|
|
|
/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
|
|
|
|
/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
|
|
|
|
#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
|
|
#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
|
|
#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
|
|
#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
|
|
#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
|
|
#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
|
|
#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
|
|
#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
|
|
#define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
|
|
|
|
#define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
|
|
#define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
|
|
|
|
#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
|
|
|
|
#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
|
|
|
|
#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
|
|
#define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
|
|
#else
|
|
#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
({ \
|
|
if (0) \
|
|
wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
|
|
0; \
|
|
})
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
|
|
* of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
|
|
* file/line information and a backtrace.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
|
|
WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
|
|
* @netdev: network device
|
|
* @owe_info: peer's owe info
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
|
|
struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries
|
|
* @wiphy: the wiphy
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @cmd: the actual event we want to notify
|
|
* @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
|
|
* @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
|
|
*/
|
|
int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count,
|
|
u64 color_bitmap);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision
|
|
* @dev: network device
|
|
* @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
u64 color_bitmap)
|
|
{
|
|
return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
|
|
0, color_bitmap);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start
|
|
* @dev: the device on which the color is switched
|
|
* @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
|
|
*
|
|
* Inform the userspace about the color change that has started.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
u8 count)
|
|
{
|
|
return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
|
|
count, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort
|
|
* @dev: the device on which the color is switched
|
|
*
|
|
* Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
{
|
|
return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
|
|
0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion
|
|
* @dev: the device on which the color was switched
|
|
*
|
|
* Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
{
|
|
return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
|
|
0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap - validate puncturing bitmap
|
|
* @bitmap: bitmap to be validated
|
|
* @chandef: channel definition
|
|
*
|
|
* Validate the puncturing bitmap.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %true if the bitmap is valid. %false otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap(u16 *bitmap,
|
|
const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links.
|
|
* @dev: network device.
|
|
* @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs.
|
|
*
|
|
* Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to
|
|
* AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link
|
|
* reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this
|
|
* case disconnect instead.
|
|
* Also note that the wdev mutex must be held.
|
|
*/
|
|
void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask);
|
|
|
|
#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
|